Almains neighbour hood who after they had robbed and spoiled so soone as they had any notice of the comming on of the Venetians forces with whom diuers of the country ioyned they forth with retired home and then returned as occasion was offered The Venetians in the meane time perceiuing that all hope of agreement was taken from them and that the waâ—…re was to be continued beganne to thinke on meanes how to get money their treasure being wholy exhausted All the magistrates were assembled to this end to consult in what manner they might raise money for the expences of the warre Diuers meanes were propounded in the Senate and debated with sundry opinions At the last they resolued to make a generall taxation whereof the highest should not amount to aboue three hundred crownes and to this end three persons were chosen to make this rate according to the abillity and authority of euery man prouided that it did not exceed as hath beene said the summe of three hundred crownes for one house By meanes whereof in short space great summes of money were raised to pay the army For the goods of those men that refused to pay what they were rated at were iudged to be confiscate to the publike treasury The end of the first Booke of the fifth Decade The Contents of the second Booke of the fifth Decade THe Venetians beseege Maran and forth-with raise their campe The defeate and taking of Vitturi the Prouidator Bergamo is taken by Rance de Cera and soone recouered by the Spaniards The Venetians take Frangipan The Venetians recouer Vincenza The victory of Selim against Ismael Soliman entreth Hungary The Croisado published in Hungary against the Turkes Pope Leo his meanes to ioyne the Venetians with the Emperour and the Spaniards and to disunite them from France The Venetians send Ambassadors to the French King and to the King of England The death of King Lewis the twelfth Francis the first Duke of Angoulesme succeedeth him The new King confirmeth the league with the Venetians The Venetians send Ambassadors to the Pope to draw him to their side What the Pope did against the Venetians A league contracted betwixt the Emperour the King of Arragon the Duke of Milan and the Swisses against the French King The viceroy of Naples his enterprize on Vincenza and the aide which Aluiana brought thither The Swisses great gard at the foot of the Alpes against the French The French passe into Piedmont by the hill of Argentire Prospero Colonna is taken by the French Agreement betwixt the King and the Swisses contracted and broken all in one day The battaile betwixt the King and them at Marignan The Swisses soft retreate towards Milan The Second Booke of the fifth Decade of the Historie of Uenice ALVIAN A being returned from Friul as hath beene said the Venetians were of opinion by the soliciting of Sauorgnano to renue their enterprize vpon Maran the whole charge thereof was committed vnto him He according to his commission hauing leauied two thousand men of the country and foure hundred of the best souldiers from Vdina went with his forces and encamped before Maran Iohn Vitturi Generall of the light horse and Iohn Paul Mâ—…nfron captaine of the men at armes did by the Senates appointment meete him there with their Cauallery to the end that the enterprise might be executed with more assurance and reputation Sauorgnane at his arriuall seized on a strong place not farre from the walles of the City and there encamped causing great trenches to bee made to the end the souldiers beeing the better defended might in more safety march to the walles And because the sytuation of the place was not commodious for them by reason the ground was very low and boggy he by his industry and dilligence ouercame the discommodity of the place by making plat formes and bulwarkes of sundry substances for two purposes the one for that they should serue for a safe retreate to his souldiers if so be the enemy should make any sodaine sally and the other that his souldiers comming to the assault should be as high mounted as the enemies on their walles All things being in a readinesse for the assault and some souldiers being already marched thither certaine captaines who at the first were not of opinion to giue an assault made a stand by reason of some encomberance of water which they found some-what high which caused them for that time to deferre that which had beene determined In the meane time letters came from the Senate to Sauorgnane and to the chiefe of the army which imported that the Senates meaning was to haue them vse meanes to take that towne rather by a long seege then by assault because the Senators feared as the experience of what had formerly happened in the selfe same enterpriâ—…e had made them wiâ—…e that beeing deceiued through the hope of the Authors of the seege the enemies comming on a sodaine to passe thorow then campe the army might receiue some notable losse As also for that to assaile that towne so often in vaine did greatly diminish their reputation Herevpon they resolued according to the Senates direction to encampe only before it and not to assaile it setting vp diuers tents and lodging places to shut in the towne more straightly and to keepe all victuals from being brought vnto it But whilest they spent the time thus vnproffitably they gaue the enemy leisure to assemble his troupes and to re-enforce themselues for the relieâ—…e of the beseeged Those of the campe hauing notice that the 〈◊〉 had for this purpose gathered together great numbers of horse and foot and that diuers peasants of the neighbour villages were gonne to Gradisca to come speedily to assaile them they resolued presently to raise their seege and to retire to Vdina and Ciuitella The enemies so soone as the Venetians had raised their campe did supply Maran with victuals and souldiers by meanes whereof those within it being growne stronger and more audacious scoured the country round about The Senate being much discontented with these incuâ—…sions and fearing if it were not speedily remedied some greater harme might ensue thereby commanded the Knight La Volpe Generall of the light horsemen to goe with two hundred horse into Friul to restraine the enemies courses Petro Marcello was commanded to doe the like who had beene sent Prouidator to the campe But before they could arriue there the poore country men had endured much misery Vitturi the Prouidator retiring with a hundred Albanese horse-men to a place of weake defence was assailed by the enemies where after he had valiantly defended himselfe being hurt and his souldiers forsaking him he was taken prisoner all his souldiers were either taken or cut in peeces At the same time Rance de Cera who lay in Crema dispayring almost of being able to keepe the towne in regard of the great want of victuals in it and of the terrible plague as also for that the
of Saint Angelo was by this accord foorth-with yeelded to Captaine Alarcon who entred it with three companies of Spanish footmen and three companies of Lancequenets appointed to guard the Castle and the Pope But the other townes and Castles that were promised were not so easily consigned by reason that the Castle of Ciuita Chastelane was guarded by the Confederates and Aadrew Doria refused to deliuer vp that of Ciuitauechia vnlesse he were first paied fourteene thousand Ducats which he said was due vnto him for his entertainment Parma and Placentia on the other-side abhorring the Spanish gouernment refused to receiue them and those of Modena were reduced vnder the obedience of the Duke of Ferrara who making vse of the Popes calamity threatning the Modenois to spoile their corne which was almost ripe did enforce them to deliuer vp the citty into his handes The Confederates army remained quiet without attempting any thing expecting the arriuall of the Lord of Lautrec who was said to be already in Piedmont with great forces both of horse and foot albeit the Captaines in the meane time were of sondry opinions some thinking that being vnited with the French it would be best for them to march directly to Rome where they should find the Imperiall army in such disorder as they might easily set the Pope at li berty by reason that it was much diminished as well by the contagious sicknesse which was in the Citty as by the ouer-much licence which the Soldiers had taken for certaine monethes space liuing without al order and without any martiall discipline some of them being lodged in the Citty and others heere and there abroad and that diuers of them beeing disbanded went their waies daily without any leaue whereby they might with ease driue those few from Rome that remayned behind Those of the contrary opinion thought that for the effecting of that deseigne it were better to scoure the state of Milan beeing neere thereunto to enforce the Imperials to leaue Rome and to come to the defense thereof which might prooue either to slow or insufficient to stoppe the current of the victory wherby they might at one time execute diuers fortunate exploits and perhaps giue an end to the warre This being alowed by all men and propounded to the Lord of Lautrec at his arriuall he entred into the state of Milan with eight thousand Suisses three thousand Gascons and tenne thousand footmen conducted by Pedro of Nauarre and went and encamped before the towne of Bosco on the marches of Alexandria where was a Garrison of a thousand footmen the most of whom were Lancequenets who after they had for the space of tenne dayes sustained the battery and sundry assaults did at the last yeeld themselues at the discretion of the Victor This conquest was followed by that of Alexandria whither the Lord Lautrec came afterwards and encamped wherin lay fifteene hundred footmen who being molested at one time both by the Artillery and the mynes were enforced to yeeld their liues and goods beeing saued But the taking of Alexandria was cause of the beginning of some contention betwixt the confederates For the Lord of Lautrec being desirous to leaue fifteene hundred footmen in Garrison there to the end that at al euents his owne companies might haue one place of retreat and those which should come from France finde some comodiousnesse of meeting there the Duke of Milans Ambassador fearing that it would be the beginning of an occasion to possesse that State for his King opposed him-selfe against it the like did the Ambassadors of England and Venice wherevpon Lautrec agreed not without indignation to leaue it freely to the Duke of Milan a matter which did afterwards greatly preiudice the leagne Now Lautrec after the conquest of Alexandria propounded that he would march to Rome to free the Pope from imprisonment who although he had agreed as hath beene said with the Almaines and Spaniards did neuerthelesse still remaine a prisoner vnder their guard vntill that he had accomplished the articles of the agreement as wel for payment of the money as for the consignation of the aboue mentioned townes where-in were found sundry difficulties wherevppon the Emperor did not there-in shew him-selfe well disposed nor resolute although by his speech he sought to haue all men to beleeue the contrary But the Venetians did wholy dislike of Lautrecs proposition not that they stood lesse affected to the Popes enlargement then did the King but because they thought the enterprise of Rome lesse profitable for the common cause then that of Milan as it had beene debated before his comming and afterwards confirmed by himselfe that there was at the same time great hope of beeing able to conquer Pauia and Milan where there were weake Garrisons and that Antonio de Leua who by his dilligence and skill more then by force did gouerne that State lay greeuously sicke and was vnable to prouide remedies that losing this opportunity the affaires of the league would euer afterwards decline in regard of the huge number of Lancequenets that were ready to come down from the County of Tiroll into Lombardy But by taking Milan from them which was their only retreat and hauing neither cauallery nor victualls they would be enforced to change their mindes and to tarry at home in their houses that in the meane space it would giue time and leisure to tenne thousand Almaines payd by the King of England to come to the campe of the league and afterwards they might with those forces march to Rome and driue the enemies before them assuring together with the Churches State the libertye of all Italy The Lord of Lautrec inclining to their request determined to march towards Pauia before which with great speed he went and encamped the releefe which Antonio de Leua sent not beeing able to enter it the which being battered for the space of foure daies and a great part of the wall beaten downe the soldiors making ther approches did enter it by the breach The Citty was sackt and the French for eight daies together vsed all sorts of cruelty vpon the inhabitants who had vanted that they had beene the vanquishers of the French King because that King Francis was taken prisoner lying at the seege of the same Citty The Genowais at the same time being afflicted with sundry losses and calamities and cheefely with famine sent Ambassadors to the Lord Lautrec for to capitulate The Citties Duke whose name was Antonio Adorni retired him-selfe into the Castellet and the tumult being appeased by Phillip Doria who was prisoner there the Citty returned vnder the Kings obedience who appointed Theodario Triuulcio gouernor thereof and the Venetians because they would not leaue their Captaines vnrecompenced who had valiantly behaued themselues in the reduction of Genoa they encreased to Caesar Fregosa the conductof other thirty men at armes and doubled his pay they did like-wise acknowledge the valour and prowesse of Guy
Rouigo 84 A Croizado in Hungarie against the Turkes 85 Ambassadors from Venice with their request to the king of England Aluiana relieueth Vincenza 92 Agreement contracted with the Suisses and broken the same day 94 Aluiana his enterprize vpon Bressia 100 Aluianas death ibid Asola and Lona taken by the Venetians 101 Articles concluded betwixt the Pope and the French king 103 Assault giuen to Verona 111 Assailants retire with losse ibid Alliance renewed betwixt Soliman and the Venetians 119 After what manner the Pope would consen◅ to the French kings propositions 120 A league betwixt the Emperour and the King of England 137 Ambassadours of the Emperour and the King of England meet at Venice ibid. Articles of the alliance made betwixt the Emperour Francis Sforza and the Venetians 139 Accord betwixt the Pope and Emperour 152 Accord betwixt the Pope and the Venetians 153 Articles of the agreement ibid. Agreement betwixt the Emperour and French king 154 Armie of the league retireth from Milan 157 Aquila taken by Rance de Cera 168 Andrea Doria in the French kings seruice 179 Articles of agreement betwixt the Pope and Emperour 180 A colourable excuse of the king of England to the Venetians request 184 An accord made with the Duke of Ferrara 185 Ascoli and diuers other townes yeeld to the confederates 190 A vaine and ridiculous challenge 191 A policie of the enemies 192 An enterprize of the Spaniards against the Gallies of Philippin Doria 192 A fierce encounter of those of the league and the Imperials 193 Andrea Doria reuolteth from the kings seruice 194 Articles of Agreement betwixt the Emperour and Doria 195 Aquila recouered of the Imperials 207 Antonio de Leua assaileth the L. S. Paul 210 Antonio de Leua followeth the Duke of Vrbin in his retreat to Cassan. ibid. A discourse made in Senate conc◅rning peace with the Emperour 219 A discourse against the former 220 Articles of peace betwixt the Empe rour and the Venetians 222 Almaines require to haue a Generall Councell 227 A league betwixt the Pope Emperor and all the Italian potentates the Venetians except 235 A fight at scabetwixt the Venetians and Turkes 240 A new practise betwixt the Pope and the Venetians 246 Aiax Basha perswadeth Soliman to make warre on Italy 253 A league betwixt the Pope the Emperour and the Venetians against the Turke 265 Andrea Doria chosen General of the Armie for the league by Sea 274 A Treaty of peace betwixt the Emperour and French king broken off 276 Ambassadors chosen at Venice to be present at the assembly of Nice 277 A worthy recompence 279 Armie of the league returneth to Corfu 290 All men crie out vpon Doria 292 Agreement betwixt the Pope and the Duke of Vrbin 298 Ambassadors answere to the Basha 302 An Hungarian Ambassador commeth to Venice 306 Answere of the Emperor French king to the Venetian Ambassador 307 Ambassadors braue answer 109 A Turkish Ambassador commeth to Venice 322 Agreement betwixt Strossi and the Venetians concerning Milan 323 A new practise to draw the Venetians to the league with the king 324 A Spanish Frier biginneth the treatie of peace betwixt the Emperour and the French King 325 A tyrannicall law of the Turkes 328 Ambassadors frō Venice to Edward 6. king of England 336 A generall dearth 342 A discreet answere of the Venetians to the Duke of Ferrara 345 A great Turkish fleet at sea 347 All Germanie banded against the Emperour and his brother Ferdinand 348 Almans band themselues against the French concerning Metz Thou and Verdune 354 A popular commotion in Rome 362 A strange accident at Rome 365 A mischieuous practise of a reuolted Iew. 368 Arcenall of Venice burnt 370 Answere of the French King and Queen his mother to the Pope 377 Astor Baillone Generall in Cyprus 385 A fierce assault giuen to foure bulwarks at one time 390 An assault giuen to the bulwarke Constantia 391 Articles of peace propounded by the Venetians 399 Articles of the league 403 Arriuall of Don Iohn with Spanish forces 411 Articles of the Capitulation at the taking of Cyprus by the Turks 416 Adu◅se of Bernardino de Requesens for fighting or not fighting with the enemie 418 An accident likely to haue bred great mischiefe 420 Ali Bascha his speech of encouragement to his Captaines and souldiers at the instant of battaile 440 Attempt vpon Castelnouo in vaine 453 Ambassadors sent from Venice to France and Spayne 457 A vaine vnprofitable engin 466 Articles of peace betwixt the Turkes and the Venetians 474 Ambassadors speech to Selim. 478 Amurath confirmes peace with the Venetians 480 Ambassadors sent to the king of Spayne 484 A decree against superfluous diet ibid A Persian Ambassador comes to Venice 485 A Venetian Gentleman executed to satisfie the Turke ibid. A dutchesse is cruelly murthered in Padua 486 A prodigie 490 A solemne Ambassade from France to Rome 491 A decree concerning building of Churches 494 Articles on which the interdiction was reuoked 499 After what manner the prisoners were deliuered ibid. B BEntiuoli discouraged yeeld to the Pope 5 Bolognia yeelded to the Pope ibid. Bressia yeeldeth to the king 16 Bishop of Gurcia cōmeth into France from the Emperour 37 Bentiuoli with the French are in Bolognia 44 Breach made at Bolognia 49 Bergamo expelleth the French 52 Bergamo taken and soone lost 84 Battaile renued betwixt the French and Suisses by breake of day 97 Bressia besieged by the Venetians againe by the French 101 Bressia yeeldeth on composition 108 Belgrade taken by the Turkes 123 Battaile of Bicoca 136 Bosco and Alexandria are taken by Lautrec 181 Brunswich Duke returneth into Germanie 192 Brundusium yeeldeth to the Venetians 208 Barbarossa spoileth the Islands of the Archipelago 278 Barbarossa cōmeth into Candy 280 Barbarossa his retreat from Candy 281 Barbarossa his consideratiōs vpō the sundry opinions of the Turkes 287 Barbarossa repenteth his comming forth of the Gulfe of Preueze 289 Barbarossa summoneth the Gouernour of Catarra to deliuer the towne vnto him 300 Barbarossa his vaine assaults to Catarra 301 Badoario greatly perplexed 308 Barbarossa his fleet at Marselles 320 Barbarossa taketh Nice ibid. Barbarossa his cruell spoiles in his returne home 326 Baily of Venice his remonstrance to the Bascha Mahomet 379 Bascha Mahomet reniueth the trea tie of peace 398 Badoario contrary to Tepulo 401 Bascha Mahomet his proposition to the Venetian Baylie 405 Bragadino his exhortation to his souldiers 412 Bragadino comes to Mustapha his tent 416 Barbarico his speech perswading to fight 419 Basha Mahomet solliciteth the Emperour 451 Bishop of Aix Ambassador from the French king at Constantinople 473 Bressia afflicted with the plague 483 Building of the bridge of Rialto 489 C CAstle of Creste yeelded to the Venetians 10 Confederacie of the Pope Emperour French King king of Arragon against the Venetians 12 Casal-Maior yeelded 14 Cadora taken and sackt by the Imperials 21 Count Petillā cōmander of Padua 23 Contention betwixt the Pope and the
the Emperor 411 The besieged in Famagosta make a counter-batterie 413 The Tower of the Arcenall ou◅rthrowne by a mine ibid. The Turkes in pre◅ence of their Generall giue a furious assault and are repulsed 414 The Turkish fleet in the Gulph of Lepanto 420 The speech of Hassan Bascha persuading to fight 430 The King of Portugalles answere to the Cardinall and the Venetians 450 The Turkes opinion of the Christians before the battell 451 Treatie of peace broken 452 The true cause of Don Iohns delay 454 Tepulo his suite to the K. of Spaine 458 Turkes re◅ire from the Christian fleet 461 Turkes comming to relieue the Castle much annoy the Christians 467 The state of D◅lmatia during the warre 469 The Turkes build a Fort against Catharra ibi The Emperor seeketh to hinder peace 471 The Turkes deale roughly with the Venetian Bailie 474 The King of Spaine not discontented with the Venetians peace 476 The Turkish fleete departes from Constantinople 477 Troubles in the Dutchie of Vrbin 478 The king of Poland returneth secretly into France 479 Troubles in Genoa appeased 480 The Turkish Armie in the Empires confines ibi The cause of the Venetians iealousie of the Spaniards 493 The manner of reuoking the Popes censures against the Venetians 499 V VEnetians answere to the Emperour 4 Venetians greatly perplexed 7 Venetians resolute answer to the Emperors Ambassadors ibid. Venetians refuse to graunt Maximilian truce for three yeares 10 Venetians secret practises with Maximilian 12 Venetians attempt in vaine to beereconciled to the Pope and Emperor 13 Venetians astonished at sundrie bad presages ibid. Venetians recouer Treui 15 Venetians loose the battell of Gyradade 16 Venetians seeke to be reconciled to the Emperor ibid. Venetians quit Padua Verona and their places of the firmeland 17 Venetians take Padua 21 Venetians masters of the champaine Country ibi Venetian Ambassadors come by night to Rome 22 Venetians recouer Vincenza 24 Venetians nauall armie scowreth the Po as farre as Fiquerolles 25 Venetians recouer the Pollesin of Rouigo ibid. Vincentine Commissioners craue pardon of the Prince of Anhalt 29 Vincentines yeeld themfelues to the victors mercy ibid. Verona and her Territorie pawned to the French King for a hundred thousand crownes 30 Venetians recouer all the places neare to Padua which had been taken by the French 32 Verona besieged 33 Venetians raise their campe from before Verona ibi Venetians take Azola ibid. Venetians intelligence vpon Bressia discouered 36 Venetians still maintaine their forces and greatnesse 47 Venetians returning to the assault of Bressia enter the Citie 52 Venetians constancie in maintaining their alliance 60 Venetians take Valegia Pescara and Cremona 61 Venetians besiege and batter Verona 65 Venetians offers to the French King 67 Venetians loose Pescara 69 Venetian Ambassador sent vnto Selim 75 Venetians besiege Maran 77 Vitturi the Prouidator defeated and taken 84 Venetians giue great entertainement to Rance de Cera 85 Venetians send Ambassadours to the French King and to the King of England 88 Venetians desirous to drawe the Pope to their party 90 V◅netians send an Ambassador to the Pope ibid Venetians exhortation and their offer to the French King 106 Verona besieged in two seuerall places 111 Venetians remonstrance to Lautrec 112 Verona againe besieged 113 Verona consigned to Lautrec for the French King is deliuered to the Venetians ibid. Veronois ioy for their reduction to the Venetians subiection ibi Vniuersitie of Padica reestablished by the Senate 115 Venetians send two Ambassadours to the Turke ibi Venetians send Ambassadours vnto Charles King of Spaine concerning traffike 116 Vsuall trade of the venetian vessells 117 Venetians answer to the Popes exhortation ibi Venetians answer to the French king 118 Venetians Armie against the Pirates 119 Venetians suspect the French King 120 Venetians send the King of Hungarie thirty thousand ducats 123 Venetian Common-wealth christen a daughter of the French King 125 Venetians seeke to appease the Popes indignation against the French 126 Venetians disswade Lautrec from his resolution 130 Venetians leuie forces to march into the Dutchie of Milan ibi Venetians great discretion in their resolution 137 Venetians ambassage to the Pope 138 Venetians send Ambassadours to the Emperour to reioyce with him for the new league 140 Venetians preparations against the French ibi Venetians suspect the motion of peace betwixt the Emperour and the French King 142 Venetians make new leuies of horse and foote ibid. Venetians send Ambassadours to the new Pope ibid. Venetians stand in feare of Solyman 144 Venetians sought vnto by the Imperialls and the French 146 Venetians discourse on the French K. taking 149 Venetians send Ambassadours to the Emperour ibid. Venetians make meanes to drawe the King of England into the League 155 Venetian ambassadors remonstrance to the Pope ibid. Venetians answere to the Pope inuiting them to an agreement with the Emperor 162 Venetians answer to the French king concerning the renewing of the warre of Naples 172 Venetians place a garrison in Rauenna for the behoofe of the Sea of Rome 177 Vitturi contrary to the Duke of Vrbin 178 Vitturi called to account for being against the Popes deliuerie 179 Venetians oppose themselues against Lautrec his proposition to goe to Rome and leaue Milan 181 Venetians suspect the Duke of Vrbin 183 Venetians Ambassade to the Pope 185 Venetians preparations against the Duke of Brunswich 191 Venetian forces much diminished 201 Venetians keepe the Citties in Apulia 202 Venetians answere to the Kings Ambassade ibid. Venetians great preparations by Sea and Land 204 Venetians loue to the French and the Duke of Milan 205 Venetians sollicite the King to come into Italie 207 Valor of a woman in mans attire 211 Venetian Senate male-content with the French King 212 Venetians meaning for the articles of peace at the treaty of Cābray 213 Venetians answer to Triuulcio ibi Venetians recourse vnto the King of England ibid. Venetians exhortation to the Confederates 215 Venetians offers to the Duke of Ferrara ibid. Venetians answer to those that motioned peace with the Emperor 219 Venetians send Ambassadours to the Pope and the Emperour 223 Venetians send an Ambassage to Soliman 225 Venetians forbid the Knights of Maltato come no more vpon their gulfe 226 Vmpires chosen to end the controuersie betwixt the Archduke and the Venetians 228 Venetians craue the nomination of Bishoprickes vnder their dominions 229 Venetians craue the Tenths leuied vpon the Cleargie to helpe them against the Turkes ibi Venetians by chasing the Pirats secure the Seas 230 Venetians in vaine sollicite the Pope for the King of Hungarie ibid. Venetians exhort Ferdinand to peace 231 Venetians answer concerning the renewing of the league 235 Vmpires appointed with a third man to end the controuersie betwixt Ferdinand the venetians 238 venetians victorie at Sea against the Moore of Alexandria who was taken 240 venetians ships stayed by the Turkish officers ibi venetians answer to themperor 245 venetians seek to appease the strife betwixt the Pope and
The Senates opinion on Aluianas desire to fight with the enemy The incursions of the Imperial Army Aluiana his great grieâ—…e that he might not come â—…orth Aluiana his earnestnesse to the Senate that he might fight with the enemies The Senate permits Aluiana to come forth with his Army Aluiana 〈◊〉 eth himselfe at the enemies passage The Imperiall Army by night passeth the riuer Brente Aluiana encampeth at Olma determining their to tarry for the enemy The Emperialls braue resolution The Prouidator Loredan slaine The constancy of the Venetian Senate The tenor of the Senates letters sent to Aluiana Prince Loredan his remonstrance Diâ—…ers Venetian young gentlmen are sent to Padua Treuiso The seege of Treuiso is deferd till another time by Prospero 〈◊〉 Compromise made by the Pope Troubles in Asia Selims cruelty A 〈◊〉 Ambassador sent to Selimâ—… Achomat brother to â—…elim vanqu shâ—…d and slaine The Emperor Maximilian proâ—…oketh Selim against the Venetians Amurath Son to Achomat in armes against Selim. Selim marchâ—…th 〈◊〉 Asiâ—… with the army which he had prepared for Europe The 〈◊〉 on peace The difficulty which held backe the Pope from procuring a generall peace The Paduan territory with the Frioul 〈◊〉 ruined by the enemies incursions Frangipan taketh Maran by trechery The traitor punished The Venetians beseâ—…ged Maran The assault resolued on Maran in diuers places at once Those that garded the mountaines forsakâ—… the passages The Campe before Maran disbandâ—…th Frangipan entreth Maran with his succorâ—… The Venetians 〈◊〉 defeated before Maran Strasoda and Montfalcon taken by Frangipan A great fier in Venice A nâ—…w compromise in the Popes person concerning the strise betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians The Almans take Feltre The 〈◊〉 â—…dina abandoned to the 〈◊〉 Osof beseeged by the Almainâ—… The enemies discampâ—… from before Osof Rance de Cerâ—… his braâ—…e exploits Difficulties in the agreement bâ—…twixt the Emperor and the Venetianâ—… The Popes arbitratiue sâ—…ntence The Venetians refuse to ratifie it The Aâ—…mains defeated by the Venetians Frangipan is taken by the Venetians The Senate recompenceth Sauorgnane The meanes which the Senate vsed to get money The Venetians beseege Maran The Senates intent is not to giue an assault Vitturi the Prouidator is defeated and taken Rance de Cera 〈◊〉 Siâ—…uio 〈◊〉 to râ—…ut Bergamo taken and soone loâ—…t Aluiana takâ—…th 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 The country Friul at quiet by meanes of the taking of Frangipan The Uenetians giue great eâ—…tertaiment to Rance de Cera Selims victory against Ismael Soliman entreth Hungary A Croizado iâ—… Hungary agâ—…inst the Turkes The great harme with the Croizade did to Hungary The Oration of the Popes Nunciâ—… to the Senate The Senates resolution on Bembo his demand The Prince his answere to the Popes Nunch The Senates suspition priuately declared to Bembo To what intent the Spaniard spake to the Venetians of peace The Venetians hope on the French King The Venetians send Ambassadors to the French King and the King of England The death of Lewis the 12. French King Francis Duke of Angoulesme French King King Francis confirmeth the league with the Venetians The Venetian Ambassadors in England The Ambassadors request to the King of England 〈◊〉 sent to the Archduke The Venetians dâ—…firous to draw the Pope to their party The Venetians send an Ambassador to the Pope The Ambassadors remonstran â—…e to the Pope The Popes determination against the Venetians The Popes publication against the Uenetians King Francis his dissimulation League betwixt the Emperor the king of Arragon the Duke of Milan and the Swisses The French Kings great preparation VVhat shifts the Pope vsed to declare himselfe openly against the king 〈◊〉 of Burbon Constable of France The number of the Kings army The Swisses determination in the streights of the mountaines The Viceroy his enterprize on Vincenza Aluâ—…ana releeueth Vincenza The Venetians incursion on the enemies The passages of Suza Pegnerâ—…lles and Salâ—…sles garded by the Swisses The French passe into Pied mont by Argentire The Suisses râ—…tire to Nouara Prospero Colona taken prisoner by the lord La Palisse The Pope amazed at the Kings passage and the taking of Prospero Colonna The Swisses begin to treate of agreement with the King Agreement contracted with the Swisses and broken the same day The number of the Venetian army conducted by Aluiana The King comâ—…th to Marignan Rance de Cera leauet the Venetian party Marke Antonio Colonna gardeth Verona Foure armies at one time in â—…vly The number of Swisses The Cardinal of Syons oration to the Swisses How greatly the Swisses were incited by this speech The Cardinal makes vse of false rumors The order of the French army in battaile Fight betwixt the French and Suisses The Lancequenets open their rankes The battaile continueth till foure howers within night How the King ordaiâ—…eth his Army that night The bataillis râ—…neued by breake of day Aluiana cometh opportunly to the battail The Swisses retire with soft pace towards Milan Dissention among the Swissâ—…s in Milaâ—… after the Battaill The Viceroy retireth to Naples Milan yeâ—…ldeth to the French King Vpon what Articlâ—…s Sforza yeeldeÌ„d the Castle of Milan The French Kings entry into Milan The King promiseth aâ—…d to the Venetians Aluiana his enterprise vpon Bressia The Seege of Bressia resolued on New succors enter into Bressia vnknowne to Aluiana Aluianas death The Senates recompence to the widdow and children of aluiana Iohn Iames Triuulce Generall of the Venetian army Pescara taken by the Venetians Asola Lona taken by the Venetians Bressia beseeged by the Venetians Those of Bressâ—…make a sally on the Venetians Campe. The retreat of the Venetian army Bressia againe beseeged by the French The Eancequenets refusal Pedro of Nauarre makes vse of the mine at the seege of Bressia Pedro of Nauar his mine bloâ—…ne vp Great dearth in Bressia The Pope motioneth a peace The King desirous of the Popes friendshâ—…p The Pope yeelded Parma Placentia to the King Enteruiew betwixt the Pope and French King at Bolognia The Articles concluded betwixt the Pope and King The composition of those of Biessia The arriuall of succors to Bressia causeth the Venetians to raise their campe The raising of the campe amazeth the City of Venice Triuulce leaueth his charge The Duke of Bourbon viceroy in the Dutchy of Milan The Kings affection towards the Venetians The Lord of Lautrec commeth to the Uenetian army before Bressia The Popes practises to breake the seege The Venetians resolue to continue the seege The practises of the Emperor king of England and the Pope against the French Sundry opinions in the Venetians campe Manfron and de Bue are defeated by the Imperials The Lansequenets defeated at Ante by Fregosa The Emperors comming into Italy The Pope sendeth the Cardinall Bibiena Legat to the Emperor The Venetians exhort the French King The Venetians offer to the King The number of the French Italian forces The number of the Imperiall â—…rmy The Swisses nature The
whole country betwixt Oglio Po and Adda yeeld to the Emperor The French Uenetian army retire to Milan The Emperor summoneth the City of Milan The diuersity of opinions in the City The arriuall of the Swisses at Milan for the Kings seruice The Emperor distrusteth the Swisses The Marquis of Brandenbourg commeth to the Emperours army The French Kings complaints against the Pope The Emperors deseignes come to nothing Lautrec beseegeth Bressia Bressia yeeldeth on composition Lautrec beeing 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 doth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it to the Venetians Lautâ—…ec marcheth to beseege Ueroâ—…a Sundry opinons in Lautrecs campe Excuses aleadged by Lautrec thaâ—… be might discampe Gritti the Prouidator his answer to Lautrec The Venetians resolution The cause which mooâ—…ad Lautrec to stay still where he was The number of the Venetians army The Lansquenets refuse to beseege a City belonging to the Emperour The army dislodgeth by reason of the Lansquenets refusall The Uenetians send supplies to the army VVhat forces were in Uerona Verona beseeged in two seuerall places Assault giuen to Verona The assailants reâ—…ire with losse Lautrec deliâ—…eth The Venetians remonstrance to Lautrec The Venetians stay to gard the bridge Rocandof the Almaâ—…n victuall th Verona The Prouidators and Venetian Senate in great care For what cause the French king would haue the Venetians to be aduertized of the treaty The sum of the treaty of Noyon Verona againe beseeged The Emperor wholy enclineth peace Uerona consigned to the Lord Lautrec for the French King is presently deliuered to the Venetians The great ioy of the Veronoiâ—… for that they were reduced vnder the subiection of the Venetians The Senates acknowledgement to the Lord Lautrec The Senate disburdeneth the commonwealth in time of peace The Vniuersity of Padua reestablished by th Senate The Venetians send two Ambassadors tâ—… the great Turkâ—… Selims victories The Mamalâ—…kes vanquished by Selim Selim takes 〈◊〉 Cairo Selim granteth the Venetians demands The Venetians send Ambassadors to Charles King of Spaine concerning traâ—…fick The vsuall trade of the Venetian vessels Truce â—…ed betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians The Pope exhorteth christian Princes to take armes against the Turkes The Venetians answere â—…o the Popes exhortation The Emperor Maximilian death The French and Spanish King aspire to the Emperor The French Kings request to the Venetians The Venetians answer to the French King Charles king of Spaine chosen Emperor Lewis King of Hungary preparâ—…th for defence against the Turke The alliance is renewed betwixt Soliman and the Venetians The Uenetians arme against the Pirats VVhy the French King did distrust the Elect Emperor After what manner 〈◊〉 Pope would consent to â—…he Kingâ—… preposition The Venetians suspect the French King The Emperor seeketh the Venetians friendship The comâ—…ssoners of the Emperor and the Venetians meâ—…t at Verona The demâ—…ds of the Venetian commissioners The assembly is broken of without any conclusion and the Uenetians are put in hope of â—… prosperâ—…s â—…d An. 1520. Soliman resolueth to enuade the Realme of Hungary An. 1521. The oration of the Hungarian Ambassador VVhat the Senate concluded after the Ambassadors oration Another Ambassador from the King of Hungary at Veâ—…ice The Venetians send the King of Hungary thirty thousand Ducaâ—…s Belgrade taken 〈◊〉 the Turkes The Emperors promises to the Venetians VVhat mooâ—…d the Emperor to send his Ambassador to the French King The King of England is chosen Vmpier and mediator betwixt mighty Princes The French King and the King of England talke together The Uenetian comon wealth doe â—…sten a dâ—…ghter of the French Kings VVhy the King delayed to conclude the league The Popes new 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Pope and the Eâ—…peror make 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 against the French King VVhat the Popes and Emperos deseignes were The Lord of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 â—…prise of the â—…andetti of Miâ—…an The Pope is is 〈◊〉 with the Lord L'â—…scut his pursute The Venetians seeke to appease the Popes indignation against the French The conditions of the agreement betwixt the Pope and the Emperor The Popes and â—…emperors forâ—…s needâ—… to march if their secret intelligences should faile The Venetian army redy to march The Emperor 〈◊〉 passage for his soldiers Ieronimo Pesare Prouidator of all the forts on the firme land In what manner the Venetians did releeue the Start of Milan The Lord of Lautrec hopeth for aide The Imperials beseege Parma The Lord of Lautrec succoreth Parmai Prospero Colonna raiseth his campe from before Parma The Pope suspecteth the Imperials The Emperor 〈◊〉 destasted with the Popes suspition The Emperour by his Ambassador seeketh to draw the Venetians to his side The army of the league marcheth directly to Milan The enemies passe ouer the riuer Adda without any impediment The Swisses leaue the French campe for want of pay Leutrec fortifieth Milan Prospero Colonna is within foure miles of Milan The traitors in milan giue aduertizement to Prospero Colonna The enemies being come to Milan win the Roman Gate â—…d the suburb Triuulcio taken prisoner by the Imperials Lautrec vetireth with his Cauallery to Coma. Moscaron captaine of the castle of Milan Milan is sackâ—… ten whole daies together The Swisses retire home into their country Coma taken The Imperials breake the Decree Lautrecs determination The Venetians disswade Lautrec from his resolution Pope Leo his sodaine death The Cardinall of Medicis after the Popes death retireth to Rome The Venetians leauy forces to march into the Dutchy of Milan Colonna fortifieth Milan The French Venetian army on the Cremonois Great numbers of Swisses in the French campe The French campe before Milan VVhat hindred the Lord of Lautrec from assailing Milan VVith what seruensie the people of Milan endured the discommodity of the seege The Duke of Milan commeth to Pauia with six thousand Lansequenets The French take Nouara Sforza arriueth at Milan Pauia beseeged by Lautrec The campe dislodgeth from before Pauia The Emperors campe lodgeth at Bicoca Lautrec sendeth to discouer the enemies campe In what order the French did assaile the enemies Pollicy of the Lord of Lautrec The Swisses boldnesse in assâ—…yling their enemies The battaile of Bicoca The Swisses retire to Monce The Swisses returne home into their country The enemies surprize Lauda Cremona is yeelded to the enemies The Emperor sicketh the friendship alliance of the Uenetians The Emperor and the King of England talke together A league betwixt the Emperor the King of England The Ambassadors of the Emperor and the King of England come to Venice The Venetians great discretion in their resolution An. 1522. Rhodes taken by Soliman The Creation of Pope Adrian the sixt The Venetians Ambassage to the Pope The Pope is zealous of an vniuersall peace League betwixt the Pope the Emperor the Venetians the Duke of Milan and the Florentines Different opinions in the Senate concerning their alliance with the Emperor The protestation of the Emperor and King of Englands Ambassadors in Senate The articles of the alliance made betwixt the Emperor Francis Sforza and the Venetians The Venetians send Ambassadors to the Emperor to reioyce with him for the new league The Duke of Vrbin General to the Venetians The Duke of Bourbon forsaketh the French Kings party
Nouara and Uigeua yeeld to the French VVhat Prospero Colonna did vpon report of the arriuall of the French The Venetians preparations against the French The French passe the Thesin without any let The error of the French The French lying before Mâ—… lan do â—…on a sodoine raise their Camp They take Monce The Uenetians suspect the motion of peace betwixt the Emperor and the â—…rench King The Duke of Vrbins difficulty to execute the Senates command The Venetians make new leuies of horse and â—…oot Pope Adrian his death The creation of Pope Clement the seâ—…enth The Venetians send Ambassadors to the new Pope An. 1523. The Imperials determine to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 The Imperials pursued the French The Imperials take Garlas VVhy the Grisons would not leaue their houses The Venetians stand in feare of Soliman Cause of the French Kingâ—… discontent with the Emperour VVhy the French King was displeased with the Venetians The Popes remonstrances to the Venetians VVhervnto the Pope â—…ded The French come to 〈◊〉 The Imperiall retire to Soncina and Lauda The Duke of 〈◊〉 enuades Naples Pauia besieged by the French King The Venetians feare The Pope 〈◊〉 a mediator betwixt the Emperor and the French King Conditions of peace propounded by the Pope The Venetians sought to by both sides VVhat moued the Senate toally themselues with the French An. 1525. The Senates answer to the Imperialls Sundry opinions on the publication of the league The Pope protesteth against the Emperor and the King if they agree not The Imperialls suspect the Pope The 〈◊〉 of Pescara causeth the Imperiall armâ—… to tarry in Lumbardy The Pope and the Venetians feare least the King should come to hatsaile VVhat caused the Imperials to come into the field The King would by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 discamp from before Pauia The Imperials assaile the kings Camp The King is taken by the 〈◊〉 and the â—…rmy is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Venetians discourse on the Kings taking The Popes resolution after the defeate of the French The Venetians seeke to alter the Popes opinion The Uenetians send Ambassadors to the Emperor The Emperors speech and gesture vpon the newes of the victory The Emperor sendeth an Ambassador to the Pope The sorrow of all France for the Kings captiuity and the Councels resolution The Senates 〈◊〉 to the French Commissioner Accord betwixt the Pope and 〈◊〉 French Agents sent to Venice to treat oâ—… an agreement The Marquis of Pescara his audations demand to Duke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Accord betwixt the Pope and the Venetians The articles of the agreement The king of Englands courtezie towards the French King The Venetians 〈◊〉 An. 1526. Agreement betwixt the Emperor and the 〈◊〉 The King complaineth of the Emperor The King intendeth to take Armes against the Emperor The Venetians make meanes to draw the King of England into the league The Venetian Ambassadors remonstrance to the Pope The Pope and Venetians answerâ—… Don Hugo negociating for the Emperor The children of France are giuen in â—…stage for the King their Father An. 1526. The league concluded at Coignac The Confederates send Commissioners to the King of England The King of Englands answer The nomber of the Army of the League Lauda is taken ly the Confedeates The two Armies being ioyded together mâ—…ch to Milan The Duke of Bourbon commeth to Milan The army of the league retireth from before Milan The Pope is discontented Pedro of 〈◊〉 generall of the naual army The endfedrats suspect the King The French Kings excuses The Lord of Langi commeth to Venice and Rome from the King The Senats answere to the Lord of Langi The offer of the Pope and Venetians to the King The Confederates nauall army not farrâ—… from Genoa Doria is suspected to releeue Genoa The fortifications of Genoa The Genowais are brauely repulsed in their sally Francis Sâ—…orza yeeldeth the Castle of Milan to the Imperiâ—…lls Francis Sforza ratifieth the league Malatesta Baillone before Cremona for the league The Duke of Vrbin bringeth supplis to the seege of Cremona The Capitulation of the Citty of Cremona The Colonesie enter Rome violentâ—…y The Popes agreement with the Colonesi The Popes doubt concerning the agreement The Venetians answer to the Pope inuiting them to an agreement with the Emperor The King of England offereth the Pope a great summâ—… of money The chiefe articles of the treaty The Emperors preparations by sea land George Frondsperg leauieth great numbers of Lansequenets in the Emperors behalfe The confederates proâ—…ide to resist the Emperor 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 câ—…me into Italy Iohn de Medicis a great captaine The Popes feare The Marquis of Salusses wiâ—…h â—…is forces passâ—…th the Po. Foscare his exhortation to the Florentinâ—…s The Florentines answere and resolution Nauar his couragious proposition The Imperiall fleet in beaten by the confederâ—…tes The Imperiall fleet scattered by tempest The Pope mâ—…ke â—…th meanes to the viceroy for an agreement The French King seâ—…eth Rance de Cera into Italy Frossolana is beseeged by the Vicerâ—…y The Count Vaudemont commeth to the army Aquila taken bâ—… Rance de Cera The consederates take the Burrâ—…w of t sea The confederates take diuers places on the sea coast The consederates consult about the sâ—…ege of Naples An Herald is sent to summon Naples Hugo de Moncada sallieth forth vpon the confâ—…derates The great disorder of the army of the league VVhat hindred the taking of Naples The Duke of Bourbon â—…archeth to the field in disâ—…ight of all difficulties VVhat mooued the Pope to sâ—…ke an agreement with the viceroy The Pope trusteth to much to the viceroy The Pope accordeth with the viceroy The Popes â—…rror in disarmâ—…ng himselfe The Venetians assurance to the King The Venetians answere to the King concerning the renuing of the wars of Naples Cottignola takâ—…n by the Duke of Bourbon The consederates army doth still sollow the Impâ—…rials The Pope aâ—…knowledgeth his error and imploreth the consederates â—…ide The two armies at one time in â—…ny Dominico Veniero put to his tryall VVhat caused the Duke of Bourbon to to march to Rome The Duke of Bourbons great speed in his march to Rome The Duke of Bourbon gâ—…ueth an assault to the subuâ—…bs of Rome The death of the Duke of Bourbon The Pope with diuers Cardinals retiretâ—… to the Castle Saint Angelo Dominico Veniero put to his tryall VVhat caused the Duke of Bourbon to to march to Rome The Duke of Bourbons great speed in his march to Rome The Duke of Bourbongiueth an assault to the suburbs of Rome The death of the Duke of Bourbon The Pope with diuers Cardinals retireth to the Castle Saint Angelo The Imprials great cruelty in Rome The Senate after the taking of Rome determine to oppose themselues against the Emperor
and the defeate of the Pisans neare to Modona ISAAC is imprisoned by his brother ALEXIS after hee had depriued him of the Empire The Christian Princes that march against the Turkes arriue at Venice The Venetians agreement with these Princes The recouerie of Zara. The resolution of the Venetians and the stranger-Princes to goe into Greece at the entreatie of yong ALEXIS Constantinople is taken by the Christian Princes and by the Venetians The death of yong ALEXIS after the deceasse of his Father ISAAC through the treacherie of his people The recouerie of Constantinople by the Christian Princes and by the Venetians ioyned together BALDWIN Earle of Flanders made Emperour of Greece The Isle of Candie with all the Islands in a 〈◊〉 of the Aegean Sea allotted to the Venetians for their claime which they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Constantinople The beginning of the warre against the Genoueses for the Isle of Candie The victorie also against the Paduans for a wrong offered to the Venetians at a publike shew at Treuiso The Venetians send a Colonie to Corfu The Emperour HENRIE who succeedeth BALDWIN is treacherously taken by THEODORE the Albanois The taking of Damiet in Aegypt by the Christians where they became rich with the spoile and what prisoners they brought away with them THe common opinion is That by a Testamentarie legacie of Prince Cyani this holy distribution of money was likewise ordained whereby the Procurators of S. Marke doe at this day releeue with the publike money the necessitie of Orphans and other poore distressed People But the ancient manner of distributing it was altogether different from that at this day the which being more seemely was also more to bee praised For it is said That those distributers did themselues enquire of euery ones necessitie and then putting the money into little coffins of paper wherein were written the seuerall names of such only as they meant to releeue that day they would in the euening go to the poore mens houses and giue them the Almes in very great secrecie A man should not haue seene in those dayes because there was no such neede so many poore people at their Gates as now there are The recommendation of friends and kinsfolkes did then smally preuaile those onely which were knowne to be poore were alone releeued The ancient maner is now wholly changed and this change proceedeth from the great multitude of businesses For they which at this day haue those offices are almost of the chiefe of the Senate for Councell Age and Authoritie whereby they haue not onely the managing of this businesse of the Commonwealth but diuers others likewise and of greater importance So as being imploied in diuers businesses they themselues cannot in such manner intend this as did those of old time But they doe at this day liberally releeue all those who are recommended vnto them prouided that the partie who recommendeth be of good reputation and the pouertie of the person recommended apparant therein omitting no worke of charitie ¶ AVRIA MARIPIETRO the 40. Duke of Uenice IN the place of deceased Cyani the people did subrogate Auria Maripietro called by some Andrea hauing for the same purpose appointed foure men amongst them who should euer after haue authoritie to choose fortie Being by these men chosen Prince he had no sooner receiued the ensignes of Soueraigne dignitie but forthwith he disioyned the Pisans from those of Ancona who being backt by the Pisans and by conueniencie of the places had for a time by their ordinarie incursions greatly molested the Venetians at Sea But at the last after a reciprocall restitution of whatsoeuer had beene taken truce was granted for ten yeares At the same time those of Zara reuolted from the Venetians the fourth time and soone after this reuolt Bella King of Hungarie filled their Citie with Garrisons It is said that they did thus vpon discontentment that their Church should be subiect to that of Grada if it were vpon any other occasion yet this at the least was all their pretext It is certaine that this Citie which in respect of her often rebellions had beene a cause of extraordinarie expence to the Venetians was very glad vnder this pretence to vent her former determinations This reuolt being knowne all men were of opinion forth-with to leuie an Armie to reduce the Zaratins to their obedience and to punish them according to their deserts for their often breach of faith that they might serue for an example to others But mens hope to see this Armie in readinesse in regard of the pouertie of the common Treasurie was small wherevpon diuers of the wealthiest Citizens bearing a singular affection to the common-wealth louing their Countries profit more than their owne did giue great summes of money There were likewise diuers impositions exacted at Rialto towards this warre By meanes whereof the Armie being readie sailed into Dalmatia At the Venetians arriuall Zara was besieged and all the Islands neare to the Citie were in a short space recouered The Citie it selfe in regard of the Kings Garrison within it could not be taken But whilest the Venetians were busied in the Dalmatian warres the Christian Princes tooke armes for the recouerie of Ierusalem from whence the Sarracens vnder the conduct of Saladine had expulsed the French the foure-score and eighth yeare after it was taken by Godfrey Wherefore the Venetians taking truce for two yeares with King Bella at Pope Clement his entreatie who did earnestly solicit them to vndertake this voiage they soone resolued to leuie a mightie armie Diuers great Princes likewise did for the same purpose arme themselues as wee haue said at the Popes request Among whom were the Emperour Fredericke the Kings of France and England and Otho Duke of Burgundie accompanied by diuers great Prelats The Pisans likewise ioining themselues with the Venetians on the Adriatike Sea passed into Syria with diuers vessels But both their fleetes arriued there a long time before those of Frederick and the other kings For the Citie of Acre which the Christians had likewise lost was besieged before Frederick had crossed Saint Georges Arme to come into Asia or before that Philip departing from Messina whither he was come with Richard after they had crossed the Riuer of Genowaie and the Tuscan Sea did arriue in the Prouince Richard being tossed with a furious tempest cast Anker in Cyprus which he wholly spoiled because the inhabitants at his arriuall had refused to receiue him into their Hauen From whence soon after he passed into Syria Frederick after he had taken certaine Townes in Asia entred Armenia the lesse where vnaduisedly going into a deepe Riuer to wash and refresh himselfe beeing carried awaie by the force of the streame he was drowned But before this happened our people had a long time laboured before Acre for they had sometime fought with great hazard with Saladine And besides that want of all necessaries was so great in the
Ring which hee had on his finger let the Duke and Senate vnderstand that by our meanes the Citie hath beene this night preserued from a terrible floud And because thou shalt not faile but doe this know that he whom thou diddest see enter into his Church is blessed Saint Nicholas which yee Marriners doe so highly reuerence the other is Saint George who is gone to visite his Church and I am Marke the Euangelist the patrone of your Citie This being said he vanished The poore Fisherman emboldned by this pledge so soone as it was day came to the Palace where saying that hee would speake to the Prince concerning some important businesse he was presently brought into his presence who was accompanied by the Senate where he declared in order all that hee had seene and heard then for a witnesse to his speech he drew foorth of his bosome the Ring which the holy Saint had giuen him ouer night They were all greatly amazed at this miracle then they caused diuers solemne Prayers to be made as well in priuate as in publike in the Churches of these holy personages by whose helpe the Citie had beene defended from the present danger Besides they appointed the poore Fisherman a yearely pension out of the publike Treasurie About the same time the Ambassadours of Edward King of England arriued at Venice crauing aide by Sea against Philip the French King whom the Genoueses fauoured with all their power but notwithstanding all their promises on their Kings behalfe they could obtaine nothing Their excuse was in what great danger their affaires stood at Sea which they were constrained to defend from the ordinarie incursions of the Turkes who by the carelessenesse of the Christians were growne so mightie as they could in a moment Arme two or three hundred Gallies if neede were At the same time certaine Lords of Candie reuolted who being retired into some Fortes and Castles in the mountaines did disquiet the greatest part of the Island Nicholao Phalerio Iustiniano surnamed Iustinian and Andrea Morosino with good forces were sent against these men who were embarked in the Gallies which went to traffique in Ciprus Being arriued in Candie they assailed the enemie in three places and giuing them in a maner no time to breath they tooke from them all meanes to robbe and spoile They did moreouer propound great rewards to any whosoeuer should kill any one of those Rebels or could bring him aliue to the Venetian Magistrate hauing set downe a certaine rate for euery head but the Authours whom we follow mention not how much They being by this meanes in few dayes reduced vnder the Venetians obedience were punished according to their deserts diuers of them were throwne into the Sea but the most of them were hanged which caused those of the Iland being terrified by the punishment of those Lords to returne on a sodaine to their due obedience The Island being quiet the Generals of the Armie Nicholao Phalerio excepted who died there returned to Venice Victuals were very deare in the Citie during the principalitie of Gradonico which was very short for it lasted but two yeares and nine Moneths which time being expired he died His body was buried at the entire of Saint Markes Church The end of the second Booke of the second Decade THE THIRD BOOKE OF THE SECOND DECAD OF THE HISTORIE Of Venice The Contents of the third Booke of the second DECAD A Great Armie prepared against the Turkes The foundation of Saint ANTHONIES Church The Venetians victorie neere to Zara against LEWIS King of Hungarie Thereddition of Zara. The Citie of Venice much shaken by an Earthquake The same Citie terribly afflicted by the Pestilence Truce for fiue yeares with LEWIS King of Hungarie Cape-histria rebelleth which causeth the Venetians to passe ouer thither The cause of the third Ligusticke warre The Venetians take ten Ships of Genoa in the Hauen of Cariste The Genoueses take Nigrepont in the absence of the Venetian Armie The Venetian and Arragonian Fleete greatly tossed by a tempest on the Ionian Sea The prosperous battels which the Genoueses had at one time against three mightie Armies neere the Bosphorus The Venetians and Arragonians ouercome the Genoueses on the lower Sea The Genouses in anger contemne their libertie who after they haue repaired their Armie take Parenza The Genoueses take diuers Ships of burthen from the Venetians at sundrie places The Genoueses defeate a great Armie of the Venetians in the Isle of Sapientia Prince PHALERIO affecting tyrannie is with his complices worthily punished ¶ ANDREA DANDVLO the 54. Duke of Uenice A Ndrea Dandulo succeeded Gradonico a man certainly of rare and singular learning and as eloquent as could be wished in one of his yeares For it is reported that he wrote the Venetian Historie in two stiles the one more amply and it may bee therefore lesse eloquent and the other more succinctly and thereby as saith Carosini more beautified and adorned Hee was besides of a meeke and liberall disposition whereby hee purchased the surname of Comifino And that was the reason as I thinke why before he was of competent age they made him Procurator of S. Marke and soone afterwards Prince For the manner was not to name any one to that dignitie but such as were already of good yeares and all Authors almost are of opinion that he was not aboue sixe and thirtie yeares of age when hee was named for the soueraigne Magistrate We finde in some Authors that at the beginning of his Principalitie according to the league made with Pope Clement other Christian Princes against the Turke the Venetians armed sixteene Gallies and gaue the command of them to Pietro Zeno who after he had sunke diuers ships of the Barbarians did by a sodaine assault take the Citie of Smyrna and where hauing slaine the Inhabitants he left a good Garrison and that soone afterward not farre from those confines the Venetians accompanied with those of Rhodes and Cyprus did oftentimes fight with the Turkes where diuers of both sides were slaine But at the last the Venetians with their Allies being defeated and put to flight part of them being afrighted escaped into the Citie the rest being enclosed by the Barbarians were all slaine At the same time Nicholao surnamed Giouanni was sent by the Senate to the King of Babylon to treate with him concerning the Venetian Merchants free traffick into Aegypt The Barbarian granted their request bnt on certaine conditions the which seeming not to bee allowed of without the Popes permission it was not thought lawfull to trafficke with the enemies of the Christian faith Marini Phalerio Knight and Andrea Cornario were sent to his Holinesse who granted that the Venetians should for fiue yeares following traffick to Alexandria with sixe Gallies Souranza by vertue of this permission was the first that vnder-tooke that voiage with two Gallies wherein Pietro Iustiniano went Consull Two yeares after Iustiniano
contracted with the French And if the Pope would call to minde the antient benifits of the French Kings not onely to the Venetian common-wealth but likewise to the Church and to consider the wealth and power of that Kingdome hee would not onely excuse but commend the Venetians councell and bee desirous himselfe to follow it because that beeing backed by the French forces and those of the Venetians there was likelihood that he should be able to lay surer foundations as well for the state of the Church as for the greatnesse and aduancement of his owne house This speech beeing pronounced by Prince Lauretan they made priuate remonstrance to Bembo how the Senate did greatly suspect that vnder that treaty of peace some deceit might lurke in regard it was practized by the Emperor by Ferdinand being assured that vnder collour of agreement they wold as at diuers other times practize some dangerous warre on the Venetians because that at the same time as the Spanish Ambassadour delt with the French King cōcerning the affaires of Italy Ferdinand had reuiued this treaty of peace to none other end but to cause the French King to suspect the Venetians friendship and thereby to separate himselfe from them the better afterwards to enforce them to agree with him to his owne great aduantage and that the same comming to passe the Venetians being so diuided from the French what should hinder Ferdinand to make himselfe master and quiet possessor of all Italy as long time before then he had aspired thereunto Bembo being returned to Rome reported all this to the Pope but before he left Venice he assured the Venetians that the Pope would neuer suffer any man to attempt against their State knowing very well that on them depended the liberty of Italy and that he was to rely on them for the greatnesse and maintenance of the house of Medicis The Venetians made declarations that they did not greatly care for that agreement for thereby they should be depriued of the richest and goodliest city belonging to their state which was Verona and that which maintained them therein was the hope which they had that the French King would shortly come into Italy For King Lewis being prouoked with a desire to recouer the Dutchy of Milan had made peace with Henry King of England and made preparations to repasse the mounts and to come into Lombardy with a mighty army wherevnto the Venetians being ioyned they hoped with ease to chace their enemies from their bounds and confines This hope caused them to send Ambassadors to the French King and to the King of England their friends for to continue them still in their affection towards them and to this end were appointed Francisco Donato and Petro Paschalic but in Donato his stead who fell sicke Sebastian Iustinian was sent thither Their chiefe commission was to congratulate both of them for the peace and alliance contracted betwixt them King Lewis hauing married King Henries sister and to thanke them for that in the treaty of agreement made betwixt them they had therein comprehended the Venetians by name as their friends and confederates That they should moreouer assure the French King that the Senate did beare the same loue-towards him as it had done in times past determining to preferre his friendship before any others resoluing to renue the warre if he so pleased and that to that end they should councell him to returne speedily into Italy where he should find the Venetian forces ready to ioyne with his Now whilest these Ambassadors were on their way King Lewis died for as hee ouer ardently tooke his pleasure on the excellent beauty of his new wife who was not aboue eighteene yeeres old not remembring his age nor the weakenesse of his complexion he was taken with a feuer beside which being troubled with a continuall flixe hee soone departed out of this present life and made the first day of the yeere 1515. famous by his death It was thought that his death would haue bread great alterations Yet for all that they did not call backe the Ambassadours but commanding them to goe forward on their iourney they were enioyned to stay at a certaine place to expect a new commission from the Senate King Lewis was a lust Prince and welbeloued of his subiects who neither before that hee was King nor afterward did euer finde either bad or good fortune firme and constant to him The ioy which they had of King Lewis his death who desired not the returne of the French into Italy lasted not long For Francis Duke of Angoulesme succeeded Lewis the twelfth as the next in ligne Masculine of the Royal bloud and of the very race of the Dukes of Orleance whose vertues and magnanimity was admired of all men who with the title of French King did likewise take that of Duke of Milan as belonging vnto him not only by the antient claime of the Dukes of Orleance but as being comprized in the inuestiture which the Emperour made according to the treaty of Cambray and besides he had the same desire to recouer it as his predecessor had The which he neuerthelesse dissembled for the present seeking first of all to practize the friendship of other Princes diuers of whose Ambassadors came forth-with to him whom hee graciously receiued and among others those of the Venetians hauing had new commissions sent vnto them to Lyons where they staied with whom he confirmed the league in the same forme as it had beene made with his predecessor and he caused the Bishop of Ast to doe the like in his name who being sent to Venice by King Lewis tarried still there The Venetians who already did make great account of the friendship of the French and had enioyned Marco Dandulo their Ambassador to sound what the new Kings minde was concerning their alliance and confederacy were exceeding glad when they receiued his letters and had seene the Bishop of Ast his commission praising his gentlenesse beeing desirous to shew how highly they esteemed his friendship and therefore they commanded their Ambassadors to giue him great thankes for the loue which he seemed to beare to their Republike and his desire to aide and succour them promising him to employ themselues with like affection in ought that should concerne his seruice and would vse meanes that the French might againe hold some dignity in Italy to the enemies feare and terror and to the maintenance and stay of the Republike their friend and confederate They should likewise perswade him to hasten his iourney and assure him that the chiefe point of victory consisted in speed and not to giue the enemies leisure who were now weake to strengthen themselues as also for feare least the City of Crema which did import much for the recouery of the State of Milan should incurre some danger in regard it had of a long time endured many discommodities of warre so as it was reduced to the
last extremity being out of hope of hauing any longer truce with the enemies it being almost expired expecting euery day when Prospero Colonna with new forces would come againe to beseege it They should likewise assure him that the Senate would neuer faile of their duty hauing already made new prouision of souldiers for the land army of armour and munition and giuen order to arme certaine Gallies to amuze the enemy as well by sea as land and that the King should for his part doe the like The Venetian Ambassadors hauing executed their commission with the King in the City of Paris went into England to finish the remainder of their Ambassage where being curteously enterteined they declared at their first audience the great sorrow and griefe that the Venetians had for the death of King Lewis his brother in law a very mighty Prince and a great friend to the Republike then they gaue him many thankes for the great correspondence betwixt them for that in the conclusions of peace as well with King Lewis as since then with King Francis he was euer desirous that their common-wealth as his good friend should be especially named and comprized And afterward the Ambassadours being in priuate with the King did earnestly entreate him that it might please him by his authority to perswade the French King according to the desire he had to harken to the affaires of Italy to giue aide and succour to the Venetians and incite him to put in practize his said desire That in the meane time the peace and alliance betwixt them might continue firme and inuiolable from which would proceed nothing but good to both partes and bee very commodious for all Christendome After both the Ambassadors had in this sort accomplished their charge Iustinian remained in England with King Henry and Paschalic returned into France to doe the like there who beeing come to Paris receiued letters from the Senate whereby he was commanded to goe with speed into the Low countries to the Arch-duke to congratulate him for his marriage and for the peace whereof the common-wealth was very glad which they would haue to be signified to him by their Ambassador After this manner did the Venetians striue to entertaine the friendship and alliance of fortaine Princes fitting themselues to the time But their greatest care was how to find meanes to draw the Pope to their side and to ioyne him with the French whereof they had some hope by reason that Iuliano de Medicis the Popes brother who could doe much with his Holinesse had married Philiberta sister to the Duke of Sauoy and a very neere kinsewoman to the French King by which they supposed that hee would fauour the French and that the Pope in time to come would more encline to them then he had hither vnto done perceiuing that the Realme of France beeing strengthened both by kindred and confederacy with England and the Arch-duke nothing was able to hinder King Francis from growing great in Italy and from being feared there Yet for all that the Pope being tossed to and fro with his accustomed doubts and difficulties had no firme or certaine resolution for now he tooke part with one and anon with an other sometimes being vanquished with feare he inclined to the friendship of the French but he did oftner and more willingly discourse with the Ambassadors of the Emperour and King Fernand and made answere to the Venetians who spake to him about it that they might draw some thing from him that hee would bee a looker on and see what the issue of the warre would bee intending to ioyne with the Conquerour But hee did not imagin in his heart that the French King would euer passe into Italy so as if King Francis had already passed the mounts with his army yet he would not beleeue it The Venetians beeing acquainted with his humour sent Marin Georgio their Ambassador to Rome with expresse commission to tell him That he was of necessity to shew himselfe otherwise then hithervnto hee had done and to doe his best to alter his former opinion and to that end he should make the French Kings forces to bee very great and giue him to vnderstand how that seeing his Realme was out of daunger of forraine warres he might without contradiction and on a sodaine turne towards Italy wherevnto he was much enclined in regard of his desire to conquer the State of Milan that there was nothing so hard or difficult that was able to diuert him from this deseigne That the Venetians had the same will to renue the warre and to ioyne themselues with the French That they euer desired as well in peace as warre to be vnited to the Sea Apostolike to runne the selfe same fortune with it and had greatly laboured to haue it so But not being able to obtaine it of his Holinesse and perceiuing the hope of the victory to be very great on the French side the Venetians were resolued not to abandon their friendship and aliance thinking that by so doing they had discreeâ—…ly prouided for their affaires The which he likewise ought to doe hauing first maturely considered whatsoeuer might hinder or delay the Kings intent and finding none at all to preserue by so doing the papall authority and Maiesty together with the possessions of the Church That there was but onely one remedy left in all this which was that the Pope would vnite himselfe with the French and Venetians because that the Swisses being forsaken by his Holinesse and by his succors would of a certaine giue ouer the defence of Maximilian Sforza and lay downe their armes which they had taken against the French so as the confederates being depriued of that aide should be enforced to change their mindes the Emperour would no more thinke on the affaires of Italy and Fernand would satisfie himselfe with his kingdome of Naples wherevpon others might recouer what belonged vnto them namely the French the State of Milan and the Venetians those Cities which had beene wrongfully taken from them and thereby a firme and sure peace might be established All these goodly discourses could smally preuaile with the Pope to make him alter his opinion but on the contrary continuing firme in his first determination he thought in himselfe that he might easily induce the Venetians to doe what he pleased But perceiuing that to deale with them by faire and gentle meanes hee should neuer obtaine his desire hee resolued to vse seuerity and rigor Hee caused to be published ouer all the Churches territories that no subiects or Vassals belonging to the holy sea should vpon paine of most greeuous censures beare arms vnder the Venetians pay commanding al Captaines as wel of foot as horse to come with al speed to the Spanish campe with their soldiors and horses going about by that meanes in such sort to diminish the Venetians forces and reputations as being encompassed with so many mischeefes they should
acquainting them with what hee had done in Hungary About the same time Prince Loretan deceased to the great greefe of the whole Citty who with singular wisdome had fortunately gouerned the Republike the space of twenty yeares hauing still retayned to the very last gaspe his vsuall quicknesse of wit where-with hee was adorned hee was buried in the Church of the Twiâ—…s ANTONIO GRIMANI the 76. Duke ANtonio Grimani Father to Cardinall Dominico was chosen in his sted a man very famous as well for his great wealth as for the noble offices which hee had borne in the Common-wealth hauing often times tasted prosperous and aduerse fortune and who not long before was called home from a tedious banishment to which hee was condemned because hee being Generall of the Galleis had let slippe the occasion of fighting with and vanquishing the Turkish army neere to Lepanto He then entring into the gouernment of the Common wealth found it in peace as hath beene said but in so many different rumors of discontent betwixt Princes as it was to be feared that the Republick would therby be drawne into new troubles and into a necessity of taking armes because that the Emperour who being already come into Germany had receiued his first Imperiall Coronation at Aix La Chappelle had a great desire to come into Italy in regard whereof he sought by al good offices and faire promises to draw the Venetians to his side thinking that their frendship might much auaile him for the execution of his deseignes wherevpon among other matters he promised to giue them in authenticall manner the inuestiture of all the Citties and places which they then possessed to which the Empire might pretend any title or claime These offers were the cause that the Senate delayed to send according to their vsuall manner to congratulate the Emperor for his new dignity For hauing determined to send Francesco Contaren to succeed Gasparo Contaren their ordinary Ambassador resident with his Imperiall Maiesty whose time of stay there apointed by the Lawes was already expired they did put off his dispatch from day to day because they would giue the French noe occasion to suspect that they intended to enter into any league or treaty with the new Emperor Charles by this meanes beeing out of hope to draw the Venetians from the friendship of the French changed his purpose and resolued to send Philliberto his Ambassador to the French King as well for that he would haue men thinke that he was desirous to treat with him about the affaires of Italy without mentioning the Venetians as for to induce them to haue recourse to himselfe for feare of some agreement betwixt their two Maiesties wherein they should not be comprehended they hauing already made proofe of very many mischeefes which the alliance of such like Princes had procured to their common wealth he did beside write to his Ambassador resident with the King of England to complaine vnto that King whose authority at that time was so great as he was chosen for Vmpier and mediator of al the important strife betwixt the Emperor and the French King of the Venetians who not beeing contented to accomplish the agreement betwixt Maximilian and them did moreouer refuse his alliance and frendship being therevnto inuited but there was no great regard giuen to his complaints because that the Emperor making shew to be desirous of Peace intelligence was giuen that he prepared all things fit for warre These pollicies being knowne to King Francis after that he had freely communicated to the Senate all the Emperors practises and deseignes would not giue eare to the offers of his Ambassador and standing vpon his gard he sought by all meanes to entertaine his frends and Confederates and to that purpose he had mutuall conference with the King of England neere to Ardres in Picardy who for that end came to Calais that he might more amply confirme the peace and frendship sworne betwixt them where hauing seene one another and conferred together with their Councells of their perticular affaires with all manner of sports and delightes in the middest of the plaine betwixt Guynes and Ardres the French King returned to Boloign and the King of England to Calais About this time a daughter being borne to the French King he entreated the Republick of Venice to witnesse for it at the Font shewing therby that he was desiâ—…ous in all thinges to giâ—…e them content in regard of his speciall loue towâ—… 〈◊〉 Vpon these new propositions of the 〈◊〉 and the French King the Veneâ—… likewise were desirous to looke to themselues and they grew â—…ore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the conclusion of the league noâ—… breaking the fiue yeaâ—… trâ—…ce alreâ—…dy 〈◊〉 by the Elect Emperor nor would they likewise displease the King of England who by sondry good offices had shewed himsâ—…lfe their great friend whom they knew would be â—…ighly displeased with that league in regard of the alliance and frendship betwixt him and the Emperor Whilst thâ—… vpon these occasions â—…he treaty of the league remained doubtfull they had intelligence of that which they neuer expected how that the Pope had secretly agreed with the Emperor to enâ—…ade at their common cost the Dutchy of Milan This did wonderfully amaze al â—…en and especially the Venetianâ—… because the Pope by driuing the â—…rench forth of Italy with his forces and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was desirous to inâ—…hronize and encrease the Emperors power there whom 〈◊〉 long before himselfe did greaâ—…ly â—…pect and held dangerous for the Churches state and for all the Princes of Italy The Popes deseigne was accompanied with diuers and â—…ondry practises of the Imperialls the Bandeâ—…i of Milan who were in great noâ—…ber and the 〈◊〉 of the Citty being ioyned to them to the end that by their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 onâ—… 〈◊〉 same time some sodaine 〈◊〉 might be raised in the Citty and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 places of the Duchy to expell the French who drempâ—… on 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and whose nomber was already much decreased by reason of the Lord 〈◊〉 absence who not long before was gone into France But the Lord of Leâ—…cut his brother and his Lieâ—…tenant General in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hauing discouered this 〈◊〉 befoâ—…e it was executed did forthâ—…ith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 nombers of Soldiers as he made himselfe assured 〈◊〉 of all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and frustrated their practises 〈◊〉 deseignes driuing all the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the Dutchy where they had by degrees 〈◊〉 themselues whom he 〈◊〉 euen to the gates of Rhegio whither they escaped by means of him that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 For the Pope who as hath beene said was a Partaker of their deseigne Herevpon the Pope tooke matter of discontent for that without any respect to his dignity and power or to the friendship and alliance betwext him and the most Christian King the French had come and vsed violence in his townes and Castles making his complaints to the Venetians whereas indeed the King had most cause to
Coma and beeing come to the Giradade had passed the Bressan territory and from thence was come to Cremona which hauing recouered he remained there three or foure dayes and then returned into the Venetians Contrey Now in this meane time Prospero Colonna hauing intelligence that Alexandria was left to the Gard of the Cittizens he went thither and became maister thereof At the last because winter was well foreward the Senate permitted Lautrec to winter in their territories whereof the Emperours Ambassador resident at Venice complayning to the Senate they answered that in so great a disaster enemies were to be releeued and that it was against reason to refuse their friends and confederates and that in regard of the conuentions treaties passed betwixt them common ciuility did tie them to releeue the French in their aduersity and to giue them all helpe aide as wel for the desense as recouery of the State of Milan yet neuerthelesse somwhat to content him it was decreed that the French and Venetians should remaine quiet whilest the French should continue in the Venetians territories least that the enemies being enforced to defend themselues should make any incursions vpon their State But Bartlemew of Villa-claro hauing transgressed that decree and crossing the Adda making incursiōs on the Bergamask the Prouidator Gritti permitted al mē to defend themselues against the Imperials whervpon certain companies of light horse with certaine gentlemen banished from Milan going forth of Cremona hauing crossed the Adda did on a sodaine assaile certaine numbers of the enemies men at armes and hauing disarmed them brought them away as prisoners Lautrec in the meane time was desirous to march into the field with these forces that he had and to goe to Cremona determining to make a bridge ouer the Po at Pontuico nere to Casalmajor to become master of the country on this side and beyond the Riuer that hee might freely ioyne with the Duke of Ferrara who was in the field with great forces to trie if hee could take Modena and Reggio As also because that place was thought to bee very commodious for the assailing of the Mantuan territory and especially Viadana a ritch place and abounding with all things from whence they might draw great quantity of victuals for the nourishment of the army and enforce the Marquis of Mantua who as Gonfaloniero or captaine Generall of the Church was in the army of the league to come and defend his owne country But the Venetians not beeing of opinion to enterprize any thing till their forces were strong and well confirmed nor in time of aduersity to purchase new enemies disswaded Lautrec from that determination The affaires of Lumbardy standing at this stay Pope Leo vpon the newes that the French had lost the City of Milan receiued such high content and was so ouerioyed as a Catharre and a continuall feuer killed him in three daies space His death did greatly preiudice the army of the league as well in regard of the Swisses who no sooner vnderstood it but they departed sodainely from the campe and forth of the whole state of Milan and returned home into their country as also for the departure of the Cardinall of Medicis Legat in the Churches army who vpon the report of the Pope his cosins death hauing discharged the army retired himselfe to Rome A new occasion did then present it selfe for the recouery of the State of Milan as easily as it was lost the townes not beeing furnished with sufficient garrisons nor the army of the league strong enough in the field for to releeue them Beside there was great confusion and disorder in Milan the people beeing incensed against the Imperialls for the losses which they had susteined by the Spanish foot-men Swisses and Almaines for which they hated them as much and more then they had in time before done the French and next by the departure of the Cardinals of Medicis and Syon who were gone to the creation of the new Pope the authority of the league was much diminished For these causes the Venetians beganne to leauy forces from all parts and commanded the greatest part of their garrisons which were dispersed here and there to march into the field and that which did most of all confirme them was that the Swisses hauing published a generall assembly at Lucerna they there decreed with a generall consent to take vpon them the protection of the French and to helpe them to recouer the Dutchy of Milan wherevpon they speedily sent to the Venetians wishing them still to continue their alliance with the French for they were resolued to take armes for them and their allies These newes did put fresh courage into Lautrec and al-be-it it was in the depth of winter hee neuerthelesse determined to march into the field and to enter the State of Milan Prospero Colonna in the meane time did his best to fortifie the City of Milan hauing strenthened the Spanish garrison there with certain number of Lanse quenets whom he sent for thither and made all preparations for the susteyning of a long seege if need should be The French on the other side and the Venetians sitting in councell to determine what they should first attempt after diuers and sundry opinions they resolued that Frederico Bozole should crosse the Po with a good troupe of choice souldiers and should goe to the confines of Parma to listen what was done there not carrying any artillery with him to the end that if his designe prospered not hee might freely without danger make his retreat that the residue of the army as well French as Venetians should meet on the Cremonois But Bozole beeing come neere to Parma and Placentia not daring to attempt any thing returned to Lautrecs campe at Cremona as wise as hee went and no other enterprize was made in this yeere 1527. These two great Princes neuerthelesse the Emperour Charles and the French King continuing much incensed the one against the other whereby it was foreseene that Italy and diuers other Prouinces were to endure greeuous warres as it came to passe the yeeres ensuing The end of the fourth Booke of the fifth Decade The Contents of the fifth Booke of the fifth Decade THe French and Venetian campe lie before Maran Francis Sforza commeth to Pauia with sixe thousand Lansequenets Nouara is taken by the French Sforza commeth to Milan with his troupes Lautrec beseegeth Pauia and forthwith raiseth his campe The battaile of Bicoq The Swisses retire into their country Lauda and Cremona yeelded to the enemies The Emperour seeketh the Venetians friendship The Emperor and the King of England conferre together with the league made betwixt them The Isle of Rhodes is taken by Soliman The creation of Pope Adrian the sixth League betwixt the Pope the Emperour the Venetians the Duke of Milan and the Florentines Alliance made betwixt the Emperour and the Venetians against the French King The Duke of Vrbin
others to Albert Peter a man of great authority amongst them who hauing declared vnto them in an open assembly the wrong which they did to their reputation if they should depart then when they were in greater hope then euer to vanquish the enemies by reason of the French Kings comming who was dayly expected could not for all that stoppe their retreate wherevpon the morrow after their arriuall at Monce they returned thorow the Bergamask home into their mountaines their number being much decreased for that three thousand of their fellowes and two and twenty captaines were slaine at the trenches The French and Venetian army did soone dislodge from Monce and crossed the Adda at Tressa and there the two armies being parted the Lord Lautrec went to Cremona to giue order for the defense of the City and afterwards for his going into France which he did leauing his brother the Lord of Escut for the guard of Cremona with the companies of men at armes and the Lord of Boneuall in Laude and Frederick of Bozole with six companies of men at armes and a sufficient number of foot-men The Venetian army retired to the Bressan territory hauing left a sufficient garrison for the gard of Tressa But forthwith after the Lord of Lautrecs departure the towne of Lauda was surprized and sacked by the Marquis of Pescara and soone after the Lord of Escut yeelded Cremona on composition to Prospero in regard he had no other hope to be able to hold out the seege but by such succors as he expected from France of which he heard no newes The fortune of the French being in this sort altered and their reputation greatly diminished by being in so short a time driuen forth of the Dutchy of Milan by forces no greater then their owne it was thought that the Venetians who had already casiered their army dismissed the greatest part of their Cauallery and giuen leaue to Andrew Gritti their Prouidator in the army to goe home to his owne house hauing well acquitted themselues though to small purpose of whatsoeuer their confederacy and alliance with the French King had bound them to would at last follow the prosperous fortune of the Emperour Charles who made shew as hee had often times before then done to desire their friendship and much more then then before in regard of the great hope which he had conceiued in his minde that the route of the French would incite them so to doe promising to him-selfe thereby to disioyne them and so to draw them to his party for the opinion hee had that this new confederacy and aide of the Venetians would chiefly auaile him for the conseruation of the State of Milan and for the obtaining of a prosperous issue of the warre The Emperor then resoluing to doe it and not beeing satisfied with opening the way to Gaspar Contaren Ambassador to the Seignory in his Court and to haue told him how much it did import their Republick to make the same alliance with him as they had done before with the French King did likwise communicate the same to the King of England hauing talked with him at his returne from Spaine the capitulations whereof beeing drawne by the Chancelor of the Empire were giuen to Contaren who finding them too rough promise was made to him that they should in such sort bee moderated as the Senate should finde them reasonable But because by the distance of places the matter was drawne forth at length there was in the meane time a league and confederacie concluded betwixt the Emperor Charles and Henry the eight King of England reseruing place for the Venetians to enter into it within three moneths which time was giuen them to aduise thereon This beeing communicated to the Senate there was nothing resolued on for that present but onely to make a generall answer to the offers and signes of friendship of those two Princes which was That they were very desirous of peace and of their alliance But the report dayly encreasing of the French Kings great preparations of warre for his passage into Italy which held the Venetians from making any certaine resolution the Emperour and the King of England fearing that the Venetians would still continue in their friendship and alliance with the French determined the better to hast the conclusion of the new league to send Ambassadors to Venice The King of Englands Ambassador came first to Venice and being brought into the Senate house hee entreated the Senators to deale plainely and to declare what they intended to doe if the French King should returne with his Armie into Italy to seaze on the Dutchy of Milan The same request did the Emperors Ambassador make who came thither presently after him who going on farther entreated that if the most Christian King should passe the mounts that the Republick would take armes and ioyne it selfe with the Imperiall forces to resist him The Venetians in this treaty dealt very considerately well weighing the inconueniences that might happen on either side resoluing neuerthelesse not to enter into any new alliance but vpon necessity meaning not altogether to seperate themselues from the friendship of the French nor yet wholy to reiect that of the Emperor wherevpon they answered the Emperour and King of Englands Ambassador in generall termes About the end of the yeare 1522. Soliman Ottoman to the great infamy of Christian Princes tooke the Isle of Rhodes defended by the Knights of Rhodes who before then were called the Knights of Saint Iohn of Ierusalem whither the great Turke came in person who hauing reduced those of the Island and Towne to the extreamest point of necessity enforced them to capitulate namely that the great Maister should deliuer him the towne that as well himselfe as all the Knights of that order should depart in saftie and carry away with them as much wealth as they could and for to haue some assurance thereof the Turke should retire his nauall armie from thence and with-draw his land forces fiue miles from the Citty By meanes of this capitulation Rhodes remained to the Turke and the Christians promise beeing kept with them departed into Sicily and from thence into Italy Now to returne to the Emperor and King of Englands pursutes to the Venetians for the conclusion of the aboue mentioned league the Venetian Ambassadors resident with those Princes were often dealt with but the better to hasten the businesse and to preuent the delaies caused by reason of the farre distance of places Ieronimo Adorni Councellor and ordinary Chamberlaine to the Emperor came to Venice beeing sent by his Maister to treate of and conclude that businesse who beeing brought into the Senate went about to perswade them to forsake the French Kings alliance and to embrace that of the Emperor and the King of England But the Senate beeing mooued by sundry reasons did still answer as they were wonte not breaking either with the one or
all that induce him to make any braue resolution nor hinder him from thinking on an accord determining to accept such an one as it should please the conqueror to offer him rather then with his owne forces and those of his friends and confederates oppose himselfe against the violence that might bee offered him and hee had already begun to treate with the Viceroy fearing least the Imperiall forces beeing destitute of all meanes should come and fall vppon the Church territories and on those of the Florentines The Viceroy gaue a willing eare to the agreement which the Pope craued knowing of what importance it was for the confirmation of the victory and for the drawing of himselfe and the Armie forth of many necessities where-with they were oppressed supposing likewise that by his example all the other Princes of Italy dooing the like it was no more to bee feared that the French would euer afterwards come and raise any tumults in Italy The Venetians hauing discouered this treaty and knowing how many inconueniences the Popes safety would bring vpon them they not beeing able to diuert him from his intent proceeded slowly in their determinations without breaking off altogether with the Imperialls nor likewise contracting any other alliance with them but they sought to perswade the Pope that for their last refuge because they would not bee found vnfurnished if the accord which hee sought to make show of haue no good successe to leuy ten thousand Suisses and at the same instant to dispatch a Nuncio to the King of England to entreate him to succour Italy in such an vrgent necessity that they likewise would send an Ambassador to the same King to make the like request whereby they hoped to obtaine some speedy ayde of him such great enuies and distrusts had that victory procured vnto Charles But the Venetians perceiuing that the Popes intent did wholy tend to an agreement with the Imperialls they likewise resolued to follow him therein seeing they could not doe otherwise Therefore the Viceroy hauing sent Iohn Sarmiento to Venice to aduertise them of the victory they courteously enterteined him with great demonstration of loue towards the Emperor and they sent word to Lorenzo Prieuli and André Nouagero who beeing already gone in Ambassage towards Charles did tarry at Genoa that they should prosecute their iourney into Spaine to reioyce with him in the Senates behalfe for his gotten victory and to excuse their delay for not sending their Forces to the Imperiall Campe. Now the Emperor beeing aduertised of this fortunate successe albeit in his heart hee was pricked forward with a desire of glory and greatnesse which made him very ioyfull yet neuerthelesse shewing by his speech and outward gesture a wonderfull modestie hee assured all men that hee would vse it as it beseemed that speciall fauour which God had done him and for the good and quiet of all Christendome Wherevpon hee forth-with sent the Duke of Sessa to the Pope to offer him peace and to assure him that hee was wholy disposed to the peace and quiet of all Italy Hee caused the same speech to hee deliuered to the Venetian Senate by Alonzo Sanchez his Ambassador and by the Prothonotarie Carracciola who remained at that time in Venice But by how much the Imperialls seemed to desire peace and alliance with the Potentates of Italy at such time when as they should rather haue beene sought to then haue solicited others by so much more they gaue suspition that they practised high and secret enterprises hurtfull to the liberty of Italy which caused the Venetians to temporize without concluding or reiecting those treaties which the Emperor motioned The end of the fifth Booke of the fifth Decade The Contents of the sixth Booke of the fifth Decade THE sorrow which did afflict all France for the Kings imprisonment and the Councels resolution The Venetians answer to the French Commissioner Accord betwixt the Pope and the Emperor The Marquis of Pescara demandeth the Castles of Milan and Cremona of Sforza Accord betwixt the Pope and the Venetians The curtezie which the King of England vsed towards the French King Agreement betwixt the Emperor and French King The King complaineth of the Emperor A league concluded at Coignac betwixt the Pope the French King the Venetians and Francis Sforza The King of England is entreated to enter into the league with his answer Lauda is taken by the Confederates The Duke of Bourbon commeth to Milan The Armie of the league retireth from before Milan The offer of the Pope and the Venetians to the King concerning the enterprise of the kingdome of Naples Genoa is besieged by the Confederats Francis Sforza deliuereth the Castle of Milan to the Emperor The Citty of Cremona is deliuered to the Confederates Rome is surprised by the Colonnesi and the Pope maketh an agreement with them The King of England giueth a great summe of money to the Pope The Emperors preparations both by land and Sea The Confederates prouisions to resist the Emperor The great leuy of Lanfquenets made by George Frondsperg in the Emperors behalfe The Marquis of Saluffes crosseth the Po with his forces Foscare exhorteth the Florentines to continue firme in their league The Spanish Nauall Army flieth from the Confederates The Pope seeketh an accord with the Viceroy Frossolona is in vaine besieged by the Viceroy The Confederates Army in the kingdome of Naples Aquileia in Abruzzo taken The Confederates take the Burrow of Sea The Confederates summon the Citty of Naples to yeeld Great disorder in the Armie of the league for want of pay The Duke of Bourbon commeth into the field to beseege Rome Accord betwixt the Pope and the Viceroy Cottignola is taken by Bourbon Great troubles in Florence Bourbon beeing come neere to Rome craues passage of the Pope to goe into Naples The Duke of Bourbon assaileth Rome His death Rome is taken by the Imperialls And lastly the great cruelties which they there committed The Sixth Booke of the fifth Decade of the Historie of Uenice THe newes of the battailes losse with the Kings taking beeing brought into France the sorrow and griefe which afflicted the Lady Regent his mother and all the subiects cannot bee imagined yet neuerthelesse like a discreet and vertuous Lady shee determined by all meanes possible to redresse it and for that purpose hauing sent for all the Princes and Lords which were in France to come speedily to Lyons where shee then lay to determine and prouide for matters concerning the Kings liberty and the Realmes safety It was there resolued to send to forraine Princes to vse meanes for the Kings deliuery and among others to the Venetians and Gaspar Sorman beeing to that end sent to Venice from the Lady Regent hee declared vnto them in her name that albeit the Realme of France did not feare the enuasions of any but was strong and mighty enough to defend it selfe and willing to employ all her power for her Kings
them But not-with-standing all these reasons Antonio de Leua being enforced by necessity to dislodge retired to Milan Aftet his departure the Duke of Vrbin was desirous to come neerer to Monce but the Senate hauing some suspition that Sforza did treate of an agreement with the Emperor which if it should come to passe their army would be inclosed and all the passages shut vp from releeuing Bergamo caused him to goe with the Army towards Lauda to discouer the Duke of Milans intent and to bee assured of him But since then the report of the Lancequenets comming dayly encreasing and how they did meane to come downe thorow the Verona Territory to ioyne them-selues afterward with Antonio de Leua the Senate decreed to place all their troupes in the townes and citties of their owne state Wherevpon the Duke of Vrbin according to this resolution retired to Bressia with one part of the army and the Count Gajazzo went with the residue to Bergamo At the same time as these things hapned the French King tending altogether to peace that hee might haue home his children and the Emperor like-wise enclining therevnto the Lady Marguerite the Emperors Aunt was by him deputed to conclude this treaty on his part hauing for this purpose sent her a large commission which was imparted to a Secretary whome the King had to that end sent into Flanders Wherevpon the King likewise did speedily appoynt the Lady Regent his mother with like commission which was like-wise communicated to the Emperors Agents The commissions being viewed on both sides the Cittie of Cambray was appointed where these two Ladies should meet and talke together to treat of the particularities of peace The King did in no sort aduertize the Senate of this treaty till it was very late at such time as the Lady Regent departed to the Treaty of Cambray when the matter could be no longer dissembled neither did hee so much as communicate vnto them any particularities of the Treaty but he onely promised the Ambassadors of the Confederates in generall that hee would make none agreement what-so euer with the Emperor without their consent and satissaction then shewing his great affection towards the Republike hee did greatly exhort them to a generall peace which assuring them should be mentioned in that diet he entreated all the Confederats to send ample power and authority to their Ambassadors which were at his Court to bee present thereat in their names and to conclude the peace The Senate found this manner of proceeding by the King to bee very strange who wonderfull cunningly had along time entertayned them with hope of his comming into Italy or to send great forces thither both by land and sea and for that he had done neither of them and had euer fed them with words for feare of breaking of the treaty yet for all that being desirous to shew that they had still the same mind and inâ—…lination to peace which they had before they determined to send to their two Ambassadors Iustinian and Nouagera who were at the same time in the french Court commission and authority to be present at that Treaty and to promise in the Common-wealths name what-so-euer should bee necessary and conuenient for the conclusion of peaco But Nouagera falling sicke before the arriuall of this commission in France died to the great greefe of his Country-men Now the whole burthen of this charge lay alone vpon Iustinian who had particular instructious of the Senates meaning and resolution the which in effect was That in any case that which had beene agreed vpon on the three and twentith of the precedent month might be obserued and likewise that the same which had beene concluded and resolued on before at the Diet of Wormes might take effect because that all the strife betwixt the Republike and the house of Austria did onely proceed from not obseruing the precedent accords but that aboue all other things they would haue the state of Milan to be rendered and restored to Francis Sforza of which charge and commission the Venetian Ambassador had no great cause to make vse For not-with-standing that hee had followed the Lady Regent to Cambray hee neuer-the-lesse remayned the most part of the time at Saint Quintins certaine miles distant from Cambray none of the most important particularities nor truest articles of the treaty being communicated vnto him The Senate by this meanes did doubt that the King was desirous to conclude an agreement for him-selfe alone without any regard to their particular intrest nor to the other Confederates and that as concerning that which hee had promised to conclude nothing with the Emperor without them proceeded from feare least they suspecting his intent should preuent him by making an accord with the Emperor and hee by that meanes should bee excluded from all their friendshippes and his accord made thereby more difficult and with lesse aduantage Therefore the King had sent the Bishoppe of Tarbi into Italy with commission to goe to Venice to the Duke of Milan to Ferrara and to Florence to treate of matters belonging to the warres albeit it was the least part of his meaning And within a while after Theodore Triuulcio came to Venice where in the Kings name he required the Senate to deliuer ouer vnto him in Deposito the Citties of Rauenna and Ceruia till such time as that businesse were ended assuring them that hee did it to giue occasion to the Pope to declare him-selfe it being a matter of great importance to haue his fauour Answer was made to this request that as concerning his comming the Republike would not faile him of all aide and succor which it had before times promised and to giue him a more euident proofe there of they were content to send to Suza or to Ast twenty thousand Ducats before hand towards the first paiment But for the sequestration of the Citties of Romagnia an vniuersall peace being to bee treated of at the Treaty of Cambray that difficulty among others was there to bee resolued how the Senate ought not to consent to that sequestring till such time as it perceiued al their affaires quiet and all other contentions setled But in this the Kings cunning and sundry ententions beeing discouered they did except with great deuotion the resolution at Cambray Therefore the Senate commanded Lodoâ—…ico Faliere their Ambassador in England to treate with that king who had euer shewed himself a great friend to the Republike to be pleassed as he had at other times bin to take it into his protection and to procure that in those affaires which were handled at Cambray nothing might be concluded to the hurt and preiudice thereof noâ—… to the liberty of Italy whereof many yeares before he had to his immortall prayse taken vpon him the defense whileâ—… these preparations were made on all sides the Emperour who for all the treaty of peace had not ceassed to pursue his deseines nor
kept an ordinary Ambassador in England Edward the sixt of that name succeeded his Father Henry who was yong and gouerned by the cheefe Lords of the Kingdome vnto whom the Senate send Dominico Bollano for their Ambassador who found them very willing to continue friendshippe and vsuall trafficke with the Venetians promising to giue kind vsage to as many of their nation as should come into those parts The French King was desirous at the same time to make warre vpon the English for diuers respects but especially for the towne of Boloign Those which feared the Emperors to much greatnesse were sorry that the French King should busie him-selfe in that warre which made him to forget the affaires of Italy and to suffer the Emperor freely to pursue his owne deseigns but the Pope was more discontented then any other as he that for his owne particular interests and not for the common good did determine by the armes of the French to abate the Emperors greatnesse therefore hee resolued to send the Cardinall of Saint George into France vnder collour as it was giuen forth to cause the French Prelates to come to the councell published at Bolognia But in effect it was for other ends namely to incite the French King to turne his deseigns against the Emperor and to stoppe his pregressions offering him for that purpose all ayde and friendship King Henry did willingly harken to this motion as one desirous to execute some great enterprize and who would not omit any occasion whereby he might hope to purchase glory by some generous action wherein the Pope by meanes of his forces was thought to be a very fit Instrument for the affaires of Italy as well in regard of the commodiousnesse of his State as most of all for his authority wherevpon the King beeing easily perswaded to harken to this proposition resolued to strengthen his intelligences in Italy and to purchase friends there and among othere he sent for Perro Strossi into France whom he forth with honored with the order of S. Michell which at that time was a great honor and giuen to none but noble persons or to such as had well deserued of the Crowne of France this man was highly esteemed for his excellent witte and also for that he was an enemy to peace and greatly followed by the bandetti of Florence and others which was a ready means to trouble the affaires of Italy The King did likewise fauour thereuolt of the Sienois promising to aid them in the defense of their liberties But together with the Pope for the vnion betwixt them was already confirmed Horatio Farnese sonne to Pedro Lodouico hauing married King Henries daughter he was likewise desirous to draw the Venetians to that league and Vnion because hee would attempt nothing against the Emperor in Italy but that which he was sure would take effect The King to this end sent his Ambassador to Venice so did the Pope his Nuncio who supposed to find the Venetians more ready to condiscend to their demandes then they had beene in times past in regard of the Emperors dealings and especially for the Villany committed vpon the person of Petro Lodouico who had beene murthered by certaine Place ntiâ—…e Gentlemen by the consent as it was reported of D. Ferrant of Gonzaga Lieutenant to the Emperor in Italy who presently after had seazed vppon the Citty of Placentia leauing great numbers of Spaniards in Garrison there in the Emperors name who by that meanes went about to take away an other mans rightes not by open force but by deceit Gonzaga knowing that the Venetians would suspect and think strangely of that deed did speedily send Giouan Baptista Schizze a Senator of Milan to Venice toacquaint the Senate with what had beene done and by quallifying the matter to assure them that he was not guilty thereof but that he could do no lesse beeing sent for and sought vnto by the Dukes murthererers who presently came to him to Milan to haue him goe and receiue that Citty in the Emperors name the which he did but till such time as hee might receiue newes what the Emperors pleasure was therein but his deeds were contrary to his worps for so soone as he entred the Citty he caused the building of the Castle which the Duke had already begunne to be set foreward and caused the nobility and people to take the oath of aleadgeance to the Emperor and made speedy preparations to goe and beseege Parma notwithstanding that Octauio Farnese complained in vaine that so great an iniury was done vnto him he beeing the Emperors sonne in law This stirre being in very deed of great importance had caused the Venetians to make prouisions for the defense of their townes therfore they made Stephano Tepulo Prouidator Generall on the firme land to the end that in that office hee should prouide for all their soldiers visit the Forts belonging to the State and take speedy order for what soeuer should be needfull They did besides call home the Duke of Vrbin Generall of their Army who was then at Rome about his marriage not long before concluded with Virginia daughter to Duke Pietro Lodouico Farnese They wrote afterwards to Antonio de Castello who serued them as maister of their Artillery and a man of great credit that he should make hast to the Citty of Bressia to augment the ordinary Garrison that lay there the Prouidator Generall did the like at Verona and in all other townes of importance the Venetians supposing that all places were full of deceit and trechery Things standing at this stay the Pope and the French King did daily more ernestly solicite the Venetians openly to declare them-selues without any more delay and not to deferre the remedying of the present mischiefe till it were too late The Senate for all that did not make hast to take armes against a most mighty Prince their neighbour who at the same time exalted to the very height of his prosperous greatnes because that the common-wealth was not so weake and low brought as whosoeuer those should bee that were desirous to assayle it might thinke their enterprize easie nor yet so mighty as it was able to keepe others in awe and thereby gaue them cause to goe about to abate their greatnesse so as the condition thereof was farre different from that of others because it might without any feare of beeing assayled by the Emperor expect that which time and the alteration of affaires might procure it which might as it often happeneth open a way to some better and safer course Whereupon after that the matter had beene well debated in open Councell the Pope and French Kings demands were answered after one maner and yet apart how that the Senate did infinitely praise their care of the common safety together with the prouisions which they had made for the mainetainance and defence of that which did belong vnto them that they would follow and imitate that
better to assure himselfe against the rebellions and commotions which were then made all intelligences which the Turkes might haue vpon those newly conquered countreys hee caused good guard to bee kept and that all such as went and came too and fro should be narrowly obserued whereby he discouered that Frier George who at his entreaty had beene made Bishop of Varadine and afterwards Cardinall beeing spurd forward by new ambition had secret intelligence with certaine Baschus and did fauour the Turkes party aspiring to appropriate that Prouince to himselfe vnder Solimans protection this beeing verified he determined to put him to death hauing giuen charge thereof to Sforza Palauician be with one more entered on a day into the Cardinals Chamber to entreat him to signe a passe-port and whilest hee was subscribing it both of them fell vpon him and slew him The news thereof beeing brought to Rome the Pope and the whole Colledge of Cardinals were greatly offended with it wherevpon King Ferdinand with all those who had beene consenting to his death were excommunicated but the King offering to iustifie himselfe and to prooue that if hee had not dyed all Christendome would haue been in danger to haue receiued great losse he alone at the Emperors intreaty was absolued and none of the rest Now the report of Solimans great warlike preparations at Constantinople which were making ready against the Spring tiime did hold all men in doubt because they did not certainly know for what place that Army was destin'd nor what Solimans desiegnes therein were It more troubled the Venetians then any else in regard of the great expences and perplexities of minde which the comming forth of those fleetes from Constantinople had procured them causing them stillto bee well prouided therefore they chose Stephano Tepulo for their Gerall the third time they did re-enforce their Garrisons in the Islands and other sea townes they caused certaine Galleys to be armed in Candy and to haue store of them they speedily commanded new to bee built in the Arcenall The Senate appointed twenty Captaines for their Galleys and the great Councell as many Lieutenants to the end all matters might bee well ordered and that their fleete if need were might be encreased with the number of an hundred Galleys The end of the fifth Booke of the sixth Decade The Contents of the sixth Booke of the sixth Decad. THE French Kings great Army where hee was in person to back the Protestants of Germany against the Emperor The French take the Citty of Meâ—…z The Protestants great forces The French King ouer runneth the Countrey of Luxembourg The Prince of Salerno commeth into France to incite the King to the enterprise of Naples The Emperor is enforced by the Protestants to retirâ—… and escape by flight Peace betwixt the Emperor and the Germaine Princes The French King soliciteth the Venetians against the Emperor The Almaines doe band themselues against the French King for the citties of Metz Thou and Verdun The Emperor besiegeth Metz. The Spaniards are driuen from Siena The death of Edward the sixt King of England The election of Pope Paul the fourth of the family of Caraffa Siena is surrendred to the Emperor The Pope declaring himselfe for the French King is assailed by the Duke of Alua. The Duke of Guise commeth into Italy with great forces Peace betwixt the Pope and the Spaniards The death of the Emperor Charles the fift of his two Sisters and of Mary Queene of England Peace betwixt the French King and the King of Spain The death of Henry the second French King The death of Pope Paul the fourth The Creation of Pope Pius the 4. The Cardinall Caraffa with three of his kinsmen are put to death The Ouerture of the Councell of Trent Charles the ninth French King Strife betwixt the French and Spanish Ambassadors in the Councell is appeased by the Pope A strange matter happening at Rome And lastly the death of the Emperor Ferdinand The sixth Booke of the sixth Decad of the Historie of Venice ALL these great warlike preparations made by the Turkes could not cause the Christian Princes to make peace among themselues but on the contrary it seemed that the French King was more prouoked thereby to molest the Emperor whilest he saw him busied in answering the Turkish forces For continuing in his determination to passe into Germany hee perswaded himselfe that the Emperor beeing assailed in so many sundry places and especially by the Germaine Princes who had all conspired against him would to free himselfe from so many dangers condiscend to some accord by surrendring vnto him some State or other in Italy or else where to which the crowne of France laid some claime Hauing then assembled forty thousand footmen of sundry nations and foure thousand horse he marched towards the countrey of Lorraine whither the Constable of Montmorencie beeing already gone before had seazed on the Citty of Metz an Imperiall citty which was gouerned by the Bishop and some principall townsinen and the King comming thither afterwards was very honorably entertained Hee remained for a while with his Armie in those parts to stop the Flemish troopes leuyed by Queene Mary sister to the Emperor from hindering his deseignes or till the consederate Germaine Princes should set forward who had already begun their enterprise prosperously the Citty of Ausbourg beeing at their deuotion and passing speedily forwards without delay thorow the Duke of Bauarias countrey had greatly amazed the Emperor and King Ferdinand who were then at Ispruch so as they presently resolued to retire to some place of safety but beeing afterwards encouraged and hauing fortified certaine narrow passages of the Mountaines thorow which the enemies were to passe vnto them they determined not to stirre from thence The French King beeing aduertised of the Emperors amazement with that of Ferdinand his brother and of their enemies progression thought it best not to let slip the occasion offered the Emperor beeing weake both in courage and sorces Wherevpon he resolued to march towards the riuer Rhine to encourage their confederates and to fauour their enterprise intending likewise to passe on farther if need should bee But beeing come to the riuers side hee receiued news that made him turne back againe for the Confederates thinking themselues strong enough to expell the Emperor and desiring to keepe forraine sorces forth of their countreys for feare of receiuing some discommodine thereby thought it fit that Duke Maurice should write to the King how that they had already agreed with the Emperor whereby they had obteyned their desire and that there remained nothing more for them to doe but to thanke him most hartily for the great pleasure hee had done them for the which all Germany should owe a perpetuall bond and remembrance to the Croune of France These newes did trouble the King who saw his hope frustrate besides the 〈◊〉 and expences of such a iourney yet neuerthelesse beeing vnwilling to
the Duke of Neuers on the other side tooke diuers places in the country of Luxembourg as Herbemont the forts of Iamoigne Chygni Rossignoll Villeneufe and diuers others This happy successe did change the French mens sorrow into gladnesse their hearts still panting for that red and bloudy battaile of Saint Lawrence and chiefly at Court where the ioy was doubled in regard of the marriage of Francis Daulphin of Viennois with Mary Steward Queene and Inheretrix of Scotland daughter to Iames the fifth and Mary of Lorraine daughter to Claude Duke of Guise and that of Charles Duke of Lorraine with Claude the younger daughter of France This ioy was accompanied with an other by reason of the taking of Thyonuille which after a long battery of fiue thirty great peeces of ordnance was yeelded vpon composition Great preparations for warre being after this manner dayly made Almighty God tooke pitty on the people and raised vp Mediators of peace betwixt those two great Kings the which at that time tooke no-effect in regard of the great difficulties which were presented But the death of Charles the fift happening in Spaine and that of his two sisters Flenor Queene Dowager of France and Queene Mary Dowager of Hungary who accompanied him Mary Queene of England died soone after which procured the accomplishment of the peace turning the bitternesse of the precedent warres into a pleasing sweetnesse of accord by meanes of the alliances made the yeere following 1559. For as the Commissioners of both Kings did treat together the death of Charles the fifth happening in September and that of Queene Mary of England in Nouember altered the place and time of that conclusion Peace was concluded in the castle of Cambresis by meanes of the marriages of Philip with Elizabeth eldest daughter to King Henry and of Philibert Emanuel Duke of Sauoy with the Lady Marguerite the Kings only sister who tendred backe to the Spaniard whatsoeuer he had taken from him and to the Duke Sauoy and Piedmont and to the Geneuois Corsica But whilest the nuptials of the Kings daughter and sister were celebrated at Paris with all sports and delights that might be imagined this pleasant Commedy was turned into a mournfull and lamentable tragedy by King Henries death who being at tilt stricken into the eye with a splinter of a Lance died the eleuenth day after his hurt But to returne to the Venetians great numbers of pirats did at the same time scoure the Adriattick sea and by their vsuall spoiles and incursions did great harme on the sea coast of Dalmatia and Histria Matteo Bembo a discreet person and well experienced in many matters and Generall of the Venetians nauall army came forth of the Gulph of Corfou with twelue Gallies and with great speed pursued those Rouers gaue them chase and diâ—… greatly molest them who escaping into the Hauen of Durazzo those of the 〈◊〉 hauing taken 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their behalfe Bembo being incensed thereat not regarding the peace which the Venetians had with Soliman discharged his Cannons vpon the cities walles where some of the inhabitants were slaine and yet he could not seize on the Pirats The Turke tooke this battery and manner of proceeding in very bad part and determined to reuenge it the Venetians considering the losses and harme that might arise if they should breake peace with so potent a Lord did appease him both by presents and excuses banishing Bembo from their State being not able to apprehend him that they might giue him an exemplary punishment which did the more coole and appease Soliman On the other side by the death of Mary Queene of England Elizabeth her sister obtained the crowne To Henry the second succeeded Francis the second Daulphin of Viennois his eldest sonne of the age of sixteene yeeres At the same time died Pope Paul the fourth who being extreamly hated of the Roman people as well for the behauiour of his Nephewes as for the Inquisition which he had established in Rome before he had scarce giuen vp the ghost the people arose and being led by the chiefest of those that beene iniured by him ranne to the palace of the Inquisition from whence with their swords hauing driuen the Monkes they opened the prisons and set all the prisoners at liberty the like did they to all the other prisons in Rome then they went to the Capitoll where finding the brazen Statue which the Romans had erected in honour of the Pope at the beginning of his papacy in regard of the good offices he had done them they brake it in peeces and drag'd the head diuided from the body through the dirt and mire of the city that done they threw it into Tiber. The Venetians sent their Ambassadors to the new French King to congratulate according to their manner his comming to the crowne Nicolo de Pont Doctor and Knight and Bernardo Nouagera were appointed to that end and within a while after the Prince falling sicke deceased to the griefe of all men in regard of his integrity and learning he was buried in Saint Dominikes Church in the monument of his ancestors Then by the example of former times they chose Ieronimo Priuli brother to the deceased Duke a man very famous and of great Maiesty IERONIMO DE PRIVLI the 83. Duke AT the beginning of his gouernment Giouan Angelo de Medicis a Milanois brother to the late Marquis of Marignan was chosen Pope to the great contentment of all the Romans taking vpon him the name of Pius the fourth which was at the latter end of the yeere 1559. who to make his actions conformable to his name pardoned the people of Rome the commotion and mutiny made by them against his predecessor then seeing all Christendome at peace he tooke order that the generall councell begunne at Trent and broken off afterwards by reason of the warres should be reuiued And although he was by nature meeke and gentle yet neuerthelesse beeing enforced by the great complaints made vnto him against his predecessors Nephewes who during their vncles Papacy had committed infinite extortions hee imprisoned Charles and Alphonso Caraffi Cardinals the Duke of Palliano brother to Charles and two others of their nere kinsmen who their processe hauing beene made and considered by Iudges deputed to that end being found guilty of sundry bad crimes the Cardinall Charles was strangled in Castle Saint Angelo and forthwith buried the Duke of Palliano with his other kinsmen were beheaded in the tower of Nona and shewne afterwards in publike and Cardinall Alphonso as least culpable was sent home to his owne house by meanes of a pecuniary amends which hee paied and the office of Chamberlaine was taken from him About the same time died that famous Prince Andrew Doria being foure score and thirteene yeeres of age famous as well for the great enterprises he executed as for restoring the city of Genoa his natiue country to the liberty it enioyeth at
Doria his answere and departure towards Genoa 266 Descriptiō of Naples in Romagn 267 Description of Maluesia 268 Difficulties alledged by the Duke of Vrbin 284 Don Ferrans de Gonzaga cōmeth to Corfu 285 Doria commeth to Corfu 286 Doria in fauour to the enemies causeth his Armie to retire 287 Doria his remonstrance to the whole Armie 288 Doria his retreat encourageth the Turks 290 Doria his excuse for shunning the fight with Barbarossa 294 Doria with his Gallies retireth into Sicill 294 Death of the Duke of Vrbin 295 Draguts pollicy to compasse the Venetians Gallies 298 Dori◅ his proposition to the Prouidator Contaren 301 Diuers opinions of the Peace betwixt the Emperor and French king 3◅5 Duke of Saxony and Lantgraue of Hesse their suite to the Venetian Senate with their answer 333 Death of Francis the first French king and Henrie the eight king of England 336 Death of Pope Paul the third 341 Duke of Florence taketh the Emperours party 344 Duke of Ferrara aduiseth with the Venetians 344 Discreete answer of the venetians to the Duke 345 Death of Edward the sixth King of England 356 Duke of Florence sendeth forces against the Siennois ibid. Duke of Alua taketh diuers townes from the Pope 359 Duke of Guise commeth into Italie 360 Death of Pope Paul the fourth 362 Death of Andre Doria 363 Death of Pope Pius the fourth 367 Death of Solyman before Zighet ibidem Discord among the Commaunders in Famagosta 387 Doria returneth home 394 Diuers places subiect to the Turks doe yeeld to the Venetians ibid. Difficulties propounded by the Spaniards 395 Don Iohn D'Austria Generall of the army 402 Duleigna yeeldeth to the Turks vpon composition which is badly obserued 408 Diligent care of the Captaines in Famagosta 413 Don Iohns obiections against Venieri 421 Don Iohn his Oration to his souldiers 429 Death of Pius quintus 453 Death of Sigismond king of Poland 461 Difficulties arising about the meeting of Don Iohn 463 Don Iohn goes into Africke 478 Death of Selim Emperour of the Turkes 479 Dukes of Ferrara and Neuers come with king Henry to Venice ibid. Death of Cosmo de Medicis the first great Duke of Tuscany 480 Decrees against the Venetians superfluous expences 484 Deceit of a Greeke 489 Death of Pope Gregory the 14. ibi Diuers Pirats defeated 494 Death of Pope Clement the 8 494 Duke Donato reuoketh his first declaration 499 E ENteruew of the Kings of France and Arragon at Sauona 6 Enteruew resolued on betwixt the Emperour and the French King 20 Enterprise vpon Genoa 33 Earle of Mirandola sent from the Pope to the Lord of Chaumont 38 Enemies spoile and ruine Vincenza 71 Emperialls braue resolution 73 Enteruew betwixt the Pope and the French King at Bolognia 103 Excuses alleadged by Lautrec that he might discampe 109 Emperialls besiege Parma 127 Enemies passe ouer the Riuer Adda without impediment 128 Enemies come to Milan and winne the Roman gate and suburb ibi Enemies surprise Lauda 136 Emperialls take Garlas 144 Englands curtesie toward the French King 154 Enterprise of Milan broken 200 Enteruiew of the French and Venetian army 209 Enemies beaten by the Duke of Vrbin 211 Expectation of the Enteruew at Bolognia 219 Entertainment giuen to the Emperor on the Venetian territorie 224 Effect of Rangone his Oration to the Senate 259 Expence diuided betwixt those of the League 274 Enteruew of the emperor and French king at Aigues-Mortes 278 Enemies escape by fault of the Leaguers 289 Enemies besiege Milan 325 Enterprise of Naples being found difficult is reiected by the French king 354 Enterprise of Marguerites broken off through the difficulty therof 383 Enemies incāped before Nicosia 387 Enemies fierce battery at Nicosia 390 Enemies fleet retireth foorth of the gulph of Venice 409 Enemies army before Famagosta 412 Enemies make 5 batteries at one time ibid. Euery Captains charge 413 Enemies repulst from the breach 414 Estate of the besieged enforceth them to yeeld 415 Emperours excuses to free himselfe from entring into the league 449 Extremitie of the Turkish fleet 466 Enemies retire to Modon 465 Entertainment giuen to the french K. at Vienna in Austria 479 Election of Pope Leo the tenth and his sodaine death 494 F FLight of the Venetian garrison 10 French King complaineth of the truce 11 French king dissembleth ibi French take Treni 14 Frangipane makes war in Histria 22 French king greatly perplexed 28 Ferrarois defeate two fleetes of the Venetians 36 French army marcheth towards Bolognia where the Pope lay 37 Flight of the Duke of Vrbin 44 French Kings great desire to bee at peace with the Pope 46 French after long fight become masters of Bressia 53 French are victors in the battell of Rauenna 55 French besiege Nouara in vaine 63 French campe in feare at the Suisses comming 64 French Kings answer to the Venetians 68 Frangipane taketh Maran by treachery 77 Frangipane entreth Maran with his succours 78 Frangipane taken by the Venetians 80 Francis Duke of Angolesme French King 88 Francis confirmeth the league with the Venetians 89 Francis his dissimulation 91 French Kings great preparation ibi French passe into Piedmont by Argentire 93 Foure armies at one time in Italie 95 French Kings entry into Milan 100 French kings complaints against the Pope 108 French and Spanish kings aspire vnto the empire 118 French king and the king of England talke together 124 French and Venetian armies on the Cremonois 131 French campe before Milan 133 French take Nouara 134 French come to Milan 145 French Agents sent to Venice to treat of an agreement 153 Fortifications of Genoa 159 Francis Sforza yeeldeth the Castell of Milan to the Imperials 160 Francis Sforza ratifieth the league ibi Foscari his exhortation to the Florentines 165 Florentines answere and resolution 165 French king sendeth Rance de Cera into Italie 166 Frossolana besieged by the Vice-roy ibidem French and Venetian fleetes scattered by tempest 182 French Kings Ambassador with the Pope 186 French kings instance to the Venetians in the Popes behalfe 202 Florentines send Ambassadors to the Emperour 212 Florentines great troubles 222 Ferdinands designes against the Turkes 231 Francisco Dandulo taken by Pirats 239 Fight at Sea betwixt the Venetians and Turkes 240 French Kings Ambassador to the venetians about Milan busines 249 French take Thurin Fossan and Pigneroll 250 French king sendeth Count Guy de Rangon to Venice 259 French kings designes 274 French King refuseth to enter into the league 275 French Ambassadors designe 299 French kings loue towards the Venetians 303 Force offered to the lodging of the French ambassador at Venice 308 French King complaines to the venetian ambassador with the answer 309 French king incensed against the emperour 316 French king at one time raiseth three armies against the Emperor 317 French king displeased with the Venetians ibi Ferdinand peaceably enioyeth Transiluania 347 Ferdinand to free himselfe from war with the Turke offereth to be tributary 348 Frier George the Cardinall murthered
Pope 68 The incursions of Rance de Cera Gouernour of Crema 69 The tenour of the Senates letters to Aluiana 74 Troubles in Asia 75 The Emperour Maximilian prouoketh Selim against the Venetians 76 Traitor punished 77 To what intent the Spaniard spake to the Venetians of peace 88 Those of Bressia make a sally on the Venetians campe 101 The retreat of the Venetians Armie ibid. Triuulcio leaueth his charge 104 The Emperours comming into Italie 105 The whole countrey betwixt Oglio Po and Adda yeelds to the Emperour 107 Truce renewed betwixt the Emperour and the Venetians 117 The King of England chosen Vmpier betwixt mightie Princes 124 Traitours in Milan giue aduertisement to Prospero Colonna 128 Triuulcio taken prisoner by the Imperials 129 The protestation of the Emperor and King of Englands Ambassadors in Senate 139 The French King will by no meanes discampe from Padua 148 The French King is taken by the Imperials and the Armie defeated ibid. The Emperours speech and gestâ—…re vpon newes of the victorie 149 The King of Englands courtesie towards the French king 154 The King of Englandes aâ—…nswere to the Commissioners of the league 156 The two Armies of the Pope and the Venetians march together to Milan 157 The offer of the Pope and the Venetians to the King 159 The King of England offereth the Pope a great summe of money 163 The Emperours preparations by sea and land ibid. The two Armies of the league and Imperialles at once in Tuscanie 171 The king of Fraunâ—…e and England resolue to free the Pope 176 The Emperours dissimulation concerning the Popes taking 177 The French kings great preparations to send into Italy 179 The Turke being assailed by Marcello hath speedie reuenge 183 The Emperour commaundeth the Pope to be enlarged 115 The French kings answere to the Venetians Ambassador and his determination 206 Treason discouered in Barletâ—…a 207 The two Armies of the French and Venetians distrust one another 209 Triuulcio his request from the king to the Venetians 213 The Emperours arriuall at Genoa 212 The Kings request to the Venetians 215 The king entreateth the Emperour to make an accord with the Venetians 216 The Emperour is desirous of an accord with the Venetians 218 The Emperour is crowned at Bolognia 224 The Emperours gift to the Venetian Ambassadors brought into the publike treasurie ibid. The Turkes complaints against the Venetians 226 The Emperour granteth an Interim concerning the difference in Religion 228 The king of Hungarie seeketh peace of the Emperour and Ferdinand 230 The Emperour with a mightie Armie encampeth before Vienna 232 The Emperours and Solimans nauall Armie 233 The Emperour returneth into Italie 235 The Turkes recouer Coron 243 The Turkish fleet scoureth the Sea-coast of Calabria 244 The Emperour seeketh to the Venetians 245 The Emperour for the Venetians sake doth maintaine the Duke of Vrbins caufe 246 The Emperours preparations for Africke ibid. The Emperours great Armie for his voiage into Affricke 247 The taking of Thunis and Bonna 248 The Emperours captious answere to the Venetians concerning the State of Milan ibid. The Emperour challengeth the French King to single fight 250 The Emperour enforced to retire forth of Prouence 251 The three chiefe pointes which the Pope handled with the Christian Princes 252 The French king sendeth an Ambassador to Venice to draw them from the Emperour ibid. The king purposeth to vse the Turke against the Emperour 253 The king commeth to Lyons to go into Italy 257 Three sundrie accidents that caused warre betwixt Soliman and the Venetians 260 The Turks of Obrouazzo retire to the Castle 269 Treatie of peace betwixt the French king and the Emperour broken off 276 The Emperour declareth that hee could not take Armes for the league ibid. The Emperour and French King refuse to sâ—…e one another at Nice in the Popes presence 277 The Turkish feastes of Baieran 278 The Turks wast Dalmatia 281 The Turkes take the Castle of Laurana 282 The Turks leaue Dalmatia and goe into Hungarie 283 The Turkes arriuall makes the Venetians quit Obrauazza 284 The Turks wonder at the Christians boldnesse 286 The Turkish Gallies put to rout by the Armie of the league 287 The Turkes come forth of the Gulph and put themselues in battaile 288 The Turkes purpose broken by Doria 289 The Turkish Armie retireth into the Gulph of Larra 292 The Emperours excuses for not performing his promise 295 The Turkes great preparations for recouerie of Castel-nouo 298 Truce for three monethes betwixt the Turkes and Venetians 299 Truce prolonged with the Venetians 300 The Basha his demaunds to Contaten 302 The Emperour desireth passage through France to goe into Flanders 303 The Emperour and French king send to the Venetians to diuert them from peace with the Turks 304 The Emperour commeth to Paris 307 The traitors which bewrayed Badoatio his Commission to the Turks discouered 308 The traitors punished 309 The Emperours resolution contrarie to his promise 313 The Emperour allieth himselfe with Henrie King of England 319 The Turkes take Regio in Calabria 320 The Emperour returneth into Italy ibid. The Emperour refuseth to conferre with the Pope 321 The Turke makes warre in Hungarie 322 Two Legates sent to the Emperour and the French king to procure peace 324 The Emperour and Ferdinand send Ambassadors to treat of peace with the Turke 326 Truce for one yeare betwixt the Emperour his brother and Soliman 328 Tyrannicall law of the Turks ibid. The Emperor refuseth to inuest Pietro Lodouico in the Dutchie of Parma and Placentia 329 The Emperours the French kings difficulties cause of peace in Italy 330 The Emperours complaintes against the Pope with his returne so Milan 335 The Turke sendeth an Ambassador to Venice 342 The Turkes make war in Hungarie and Transiluania 347 The Emperour sendeth the Vice-Roy of Naples against the Siennois 355 The Emperour Charles resigneth his whole state to his sonne Philip and to his brother 358 Truce granted and soone broken 358 The taking of Calais by the Guise 361 The forme of the great Turkes oath 369 The opinion of the other Bâ—…shaes contrarie to that of Mahomet 371 Treason practised by a Cypriot discouered and punished 374 The King of Spaines aunswâ—…re to the Popes conteâ—…t 376 The Turkes preparations for the war of Cyprus 378 The Emperours answere to the Venetian Ambassadour 382 Turkes repulsed from Tina 385 The Turkish fleete landed in Cyprus ibid. Turks build 3. Forts neere to Nicosiâ—… 390 Turkes take the Bulwarke Constantia 391 The Emperour resuseth to enter into the leâ—…gue 396 The Emperour will not allow of the Popes new Title giuen to the Duke of Florence 399 Tepulo his opinion tends to warre 401 The league against the Turke concluded ibid. Turkes put to rout in Candie 404 Turkes waste the Islands of Xant and Zephalenia ibid. The League published at Venice 407 Turks before Dulcigna 408 Turkes before Mandrachia 410 The king of Spaines answere to the Cardinall Alexandrine ibid. The leagues offer to
the Duke of vrbin 246 venetians answere to the Emperours Ambassadour 252 venetians answer to Solyman 254 venetians preparations to stand vpon their gard against the Turke 257 vncertaine course of the Turkes fleete puts the venetians in doubt 258 venetians remaine Neuters betwixt the Imperialls and the Turkes ibi Venetian Fleet looseth foure gallies taken by the Turkes 262 Visier Basha his reasons to direct Soliman from his resolution 263 Venetians imprisoned and their goods seized ouer all the Turkish Empire ibid. Venetians remonstrance for the Pope 265 Venetians constancie 266 Visier Basha counsâ—…ileth Soliman to raise his siege in Corfou ibid. Vittore de Garzons Gouernour of Naples 268 Venetians suspect Soliman desiring 〈◊〉 269 Venetians diligence to fortifie the Islands against the Turkes 273 Venetians acquainted with Solimans preparations forwarre are exhorted to peace 274 Venetians seeke to draw the King of England to the league 275 Venetians take Obraâ—…azza 284 Venetians naual Armie and the Pope ioyned together ibid. Venetians grieued because there was no Duke of Milan 315 Venetians solicited to leaue their Neutralitie ibid. Venetians raze the Fort of Maran 318 Venetians excuses to the Emperour and Ferdinand concerning Maran 323 Venetians reasons to diuert the Pope from medling with the Protestants 332 Venetians grant passage to the Pope and Emperours troupes ibid. Venetians gentle answere to those of Ausburge 333 Venetians preparations against the Turkes 344 Viceroy of Naples spoileth the Countrie of the Sienois 355 Venetians entreated by the Pope seeke meanes to pacifie the Duke of Alua. 359 Venetian Prelates that were present at the Councell of Trent 364 Venetians chace the Pirates 365 Venetians send Ambassadours to Selim the new Emperour 368 Venetian Ambassadors Oration to the Emperour 369 Venetians purge the seas of Pirates ibid. Venetians prepare for the warre of Cyprus 373 Venetians implore the aid of Christian Princes 375 Venetians sollicite the Persian to make warre on Selim. 378 Venetians send Ambassadours to the Emperour soliciting him to enter into the league 382 Venetians propositions in the Court of Spaine with the difficulties alleadged thereupon ibid. Venetian Flect leaueth Corfou by the Senates commandement 384 Venetian Generall resolueth to send aid to 〈◊〉 306 Venetians great doubts and perplexities with their request to the Pope 398 Venetians resolue to hearken to peace 399 〈…〉 Venetians expect the Confederates Fleet. 407 Venetians will not heare of 〈◊〉 408 Venetians complaints to the Pope 410 Valour of the besieged in repulsing the enemie 415 Vniting of the Confederates Fleete 418 Venieri his answere to D. Iohn his obiections 421 Venetians preparations against the Spring 449 Venetians solicite the Cardinals in the Vacancie of the Sea 453 Venetians Ambassadours discourse to the French King 457 Vluzzali his pollicie 461 Vluzzali determineth to assaile D. Iohn 463 Vluzzali returnes to Constantinople 468 Venetians complaine to the Pope 469 Venieri his honourable entertainment and welcome at Venice ibid. Venetians send an Ambassador to the Pope 476 Venetians feare 480 Vpon what occasion the Pope caused tenne dayes to be taken from the yeere 485 Venetians iealous of Turkes and Milanois 489 Venetians send Ambassadours to the French King 491 Venetians defeat the Vsicoques 492 W. WHat was concluded in the Diet at Constance 7 War resolued against Maximilian 10 What was practised vnder hand against the Venetians 11 Wherunto the Popes actions teded 28 What astonishment the losse of the battaile brought to Rome 56 Whole Dutchie of Milan yeeldeth to Sforza 64 What importance the taking of Padua was of 69 What shifts the Pope vsed to declare himselfe openly against the French King 91 〈◊〉 CouÌ„trie 〈◊〉 Oglio Po and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Emperour 107 〈◊〉 the French King distrusted the elect 〈◊〉 119 What 〈◊〉 the Emperour to send his Ambassadours to the French King 124 Why the King delaied to conclude the league 125 What the Popes and Emperours designes were ibid. What hindred the Lord of Lautrec from assailing Milan 133 With what feruencie the Milanois endured the discommoditie of the siege ibid. What Prospero Colonna did vpon report of the arriuall of the French 140 Why the Grisons would not leaue their houses 144 Why the French king was displeased with the Venetians 145 Whereunto the Pope attended ibid. What moued the Senate to allie themselues with the French 147 What caused the Imperials to come into the field 148 What letted the taking of Naples 168 What moued the Pope to seeke agreement with the Viceroy 169 What caused the Duke of Bourbon to march to Rome 172 What great forces were requisite to free the Pope from prison 178 What moued the Lord Lautrec to change his determination 183 What moued the Venetians to be at the charge of the warre in Lombardie 184 What was the Emperours meaning concerning peace ibid. What the Popes intention was 186 Wants of the armie before Naples 195 What kept the 〈◊〉 from sending Ambassadours to the Emperour 212 What moued the Emperour to enforce the Florentines to obey the Pope 223 What moued the Kings of France and England to make warre on the Emperour 231 Wrongs done the Venetians in Solimans Dominions 254 What the Senate propounded to write to the Baily 275 What moued the Emperour French King to grant the enteruiew at Nice 277 Warre renewed betwixt the Emperour and the King 278 What Doria his purpose was 289 What the Senate enioyâ—…ed Badoario Ambassadour to Soliman 306 Who they were that tooke part with the Protestants 333. What bee Venetian gentlemen with their prerogatiue 334 Who hindred the Emperour from allowing the agreement 343 Warre continued in 〈◊〉 344 Warre betwixt Solimans two sonnes 361 Warre opened in all places 381 Warre resolued against the Turke 401 What moued the Generall Venieri to saile to Messâ—…a 407 FINIS Whereof the Authors meaning is to treate The true original of the first Uenetians The foundation of the Citie of Padua The extent of the Countrie of Venice The trouble which the first Venetians had to keepe that which they had conquered The fruitfulnesse of the Venetian Countrie The originall of the Huns and their comming into Italic Diuers opinion of the Historians The foundation of the Rialto How the Islands were inhabited 421. Macrin Gouernor of Hungarie ouercome by the Hunnes The Authors opinion concerning the Cities foundation How the original of Venice hapned Who they were that began to flie What those places were whereon Venice is at this day built Where the first foundations of the Citie were laid On what day the Citie of Venice was builded A very 〈◊〉 obseruation What manner of people were receiued into this new City Foure and twentie houses burns at once A wonderfull miracle smelling some-what of Poperie Attila defeated neere Tholouse What the true Foundations of Uenice was From whence the Uenetians that now are be descended 456. The sundry opinions of the Historians concerning the building of the City The true time when the city of Uenice was built What the Venetians
The King of France and England resolue to free the Pope The Cardinals meet at Bolognia to treat of the Popes deliuery The Emperors dissimulation concerning the Popes taking The Venetians preparations by Sea land The Venetians place a Garrison in Rauenna for the behoof of the Sea of Rome The Duke of Vrbin taketh Perusa The Duke of Vrbins preposition Vittury is contrary to the Duke of Vrbin VVhat great forces they were to haue to free the Pope from prison Vitturi called to account for being contrary to the Popes deliuery The kings great preparations to send into Italy Andre Doria in the Kings seruice The number of the Venetians army The Pope inclineth to agreement Articles of agreement betwixt the Pope and Emperor How the Venetians behaued themselues vpon this agreement Sondry opinions in the Confederats army about the Popes deliueryl Lautrec ente reth the Dutchy of M â—…lanwith great for ces Bosco and Alexandria are taken by Lautrec Strise betwixt the confederats concerning the taking of Alexandria The Venetians oppose themselues against the Lord Lautrecs proposition to goe to Rome and to leaue the State of Milan Pauia is taken by Lautrec Genoa reduced vnder the Kings obedieence The French and Uenetian fleet are scatered by tempest The Turke be ing assailed by Marcello had his speedy reuenge Marcello dieth by the way for greefe Solimans liberality to the Venetians Lautrec leueth Milan and marcheth towards Rome VVhat mooued the Lord Lautrec to change his determination The Venetians do suspect the Duke of Vrbin VVhat moued the Venetians to eat the chardge of the wavve in Lombardy A cotorable excuse of the King of England to the Venetians request The French king and Venetians demands VVhat was the Emperors meaning concerning peace An accord in de with the Duke of Ferrara The marquis of Mantua ioyneâ—… to the league The Emperor commaedeth that the Pope should be enlarged The Pope complaineth of the imperialls dealings The Venetians Ambassad to the Pope The French Kings Ambassador to the Pope The Popes excuse because he would not enter into any new consedera cy VVhat the Popes Intention was Lautrec marcheth towards Naples The number of the Imperial army The Popes demands to the Venetians The Popes excuses to the French King Sundry opinions of the Senate concerning the Popes demand The Senates answere to the Pope Sundry opinions of the Imperial captaines The Imperials embrace the opinion of Alarcon Lautrec resolueth to fight with the enemy Lautrec defiâ—…th and prouoketh the Imperial army to battaile The Imperials retire towards Naples The confederates take Melfi Ascoli Barletta Trani and diuers â—…ther towâ—…es yeeld to the confederates Lautrec marcheth with his army towards Naples Lautrec encampeth within two miles of Naples Six Cities appointed to the Venetians by the agreement of the league Monâ—…pli and Trani yeelded to the Uenetians The Duke of Brunswich commeth into Italy with great â—…orces A vaine and rediculous challenge The Venetiaâ—… preparations against the Duke of Brunswich The Duke of Brunswich being ioyned with Antonio de Leua doth come and beseege Laudâ—… Brunswich returneth into Germany Pozzuolo takenâ—…y Lautrec An enterprize of the Spaniards against the Gallies of Philippin Doria A policy of the enemies The Imperials â—…e 〈◊〉 at sea The number of the dead of the prisoners The great commodity which the arriuall of the Generall of the Venetian Galleys brought to the confederates The Lord of Barbezieuâ—… commeth to Sauona A fierce incounter of those of â—…he league and thâ—… Imperialls The 〈◊〉 of the Aâ—…my of the league before Naples The great sorâ—…w of the Lord Lautrec The Lord Lautrecs nature Greâ—…t sicknes in the French Campe. André Doria 〈◊〉 from the Kings seruice The cause of André Doria 〈◊〉 reuolt The Popes answer to the King concerning the entertainment of Andrew Doria Articles â—…fgreement betwixt the Emperor and Doria The great discomodity which the reuolt of Doria did procure The wants of the army besoâ—…e Naples Disorders 〈◊〉 the army The Lord Lautrec greeuously sick The Lord Lautrecs death The Marquis oâ—… Saâ—…usses Generall â—…f the Army aftâ—…r Lantrecs death The Marquis with the Army retireth to 〈◊〉 The Capitulation about the yâ—…elding of Auersâ—… Genoâ—… by meanes of Andrè Doria 〈◊〉 from the King to the â—…peror The Venetians great preparations The number of the Venetians sorces The Duke of Vrbins determination The proposition of the coâ—…nt Saint Paul The enterprise of Milan broken The Consederates besiege Pauia The Conseâ—…erates take Pauia Nouara and diuerse other townes yeeld to the Consederates The Lord Saint Paul leaueth Milan to go to the releef of Genoa The lord Sâ—… Paul his aeseignes to re leeâ—… Genoa proouetâ—… vaine Castle of Genoa raced by the People The Genowaies fill the Hauen of Sauona with grauell The Venetiâ—… forces 〈◊〉 diminisâ—…d The Venetians keepe the câ—…ties in Paglâ—…a The French Kings instance to the Veneâ—…ians in the Popes behalse The Venetians answer to the Kingâ—… Ambassadâ—…r The Vâ—…counts offers to the Pope The Uenetiaâ—… offers to the Pope so that peace might be procured Sâ—…cret practises betwixt the King and the Venetians The Emperorâ—… great preparations to coâ—…e into Italy The Popes intention The Uenetians intention The Venetians great preparatioâ—… by sea and 〈◊〉 The Venetians loâ—…e to the French and the Duke of Milan The â—…esolution of the assembly held aâ—… Venice by the Confederatâ—… The King determineth to make warre iâ—… Spaine The resolution of the Venetian councel vpon the Kings comming into Italy The Kings answer and determination The Venetians care to pâ—…serue the placeâ—… which they held in Puglia The Lord Chastillon commeth to Venice and makes a shew that hee would gâ—… into Puglia The Senaâ—…s suspâ—…tion â—…cerning the Kings comming The Venetians soliciâ—…e the King to come into Italy The bandetti of Naples come into the field Aquila is recouerâ—…d of the Imperials Martrica taken by them Treason discouered in Barletta Monopoli beseeged bâ—… the Marqit of Guasto The Maâ—…quis giueth an assault â—…o 〈◊〉 â—…ity to his lesse The Marquis reâ—…ireth from before Monopoli The city of Brundusium yeeldeth to the Venetians The Prince of Orange deâ—…ermineth to goe to Peâ—…sua The Duke of Vrbin runneth to the defense of his owne State The Prince of Orange changeth his determination The Duke of Vrbin being come backe to the army determineth to beseege Milan Enteruiew of the French Venetâ—…an armies The two armies distrust one an other The Lord S. Paul resolueâ—… to execute the enâ—…erprise of Genoa Antonio de Leua assaileth the Lord Saint Paul The number of the Venetian army Antâ—…io de Leua followâ—…th the Dukâ—… 〈◊〉 Vrbin in his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Cassaâ—… Part of the enemies are defeated by the Duke of Vrbin Gâ—…eat valor of a woman in mans attire The Duke of Vrbîns enterprize to defeate the enemie The enimes 〈◊〉 beaten by the Duke of Vrbiâ—… The doubts and feare of Antonio de Leua Antonio de Leua retireâ—…h 〈◊〉 Milan The report of the Lancequenâ—…ts
title of Dutchy to his sonne Petro Lodouico The Emperour refusâ—…th to inuest Petro Lodouico in the Dutchy of Porma and Placentia The new Duke his offers to the Venetians The Emperors and the French Kings difficulties were cause of the peace of Italy The Venetians resoâ—…s â—…o diuert the Pope from medling with the Protestants The Senats answer to the Pope and the Emperor The Venetians grant passage to the Pope and Emperors troups The number of the Emperors Army VVho they were that took part with the Protestants The number of the Protestants Army The Pro testants suite to the Venetians The Senaoes answere to the Protestants The Duke of Saxon and the Landerâ—…ue of Hesse their suite to the Venetian Senate with their answer The Venetians gentle answer to those of Aus bourg The Venetians are in some doubt seing so many soldiers in Italy The Popes discourse to driue the Venetians from their suspition The Protestants take Chiusa The occasions of the enemies losse The Cardinall Farnâ—…se commeth to Uenice VVho be Venetian Gentlemen with their Preâ—…ogatiues The Popes complaints against the Emperor The Emperors complaints against the Pope The Emperor returneth so Milan The Sienois rise against the Spaniards The Emperors deseigns in Italy The death of Petro Lodouico the Popes Sonne The death of Francis the first French King Henry the eight King of England Henry the Second French King The Senate sendeth Ambassadors to the new Fench King And to Edward the Sixt King of England The Cardinall Saint George is sent Legat into France Petâ—…o Strossâ—… sent sor into France to troble the peace of Italy Horratin Farn se marrieth King Henries daughter Gonzaga â—…xeu sethâ—…im concer ning the death of Petro Lodouico The Pope anâ—… French King do solicitâ—… the Venetians against the Em peror The Senates aâ—…swer to the Poâ—…e and French King Sundry practises in Italy An. 1548. The French Kings doubts and deseignes The Pope is greatly â—…erpiexed The Pope to 〈◊〉 the Atmains sendeth a Legat into Germany Solimans Army against the Persians Soliman maketh truce with Christian Princes Strise betwixt the Emperor French king Soliman sendeth Imperioâ—…s letters to the Emperor Contention concerning the place where the Councel should be held The death of Pope Paul the third Parma is kept by Camillâ—… Vrsino The Cordinâ—…ll de Monte is chosen Pope and called by the name of Iulius the third The Senatâ—… 〈◊〉 Ambassadorâ—… 〈◊〉 the Pope Horatio Farnâ—…se putteth himselfe and family into the French Kâ—…ngs protection Presages of great warres The Turke sendeth an Ambassador to Venice Catherin Zene 〈◊〉 sent Amâ—…assador to the Turke An. 1550. A 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 An. 1551. The Pope not thinking there on causeth great warres in Italy Proposition of an agreement about Parma VVho hindred the Emperor from allowing of that agreement The Pope seeketh meanes of agreement with the 〈◊〉 King The warre continueth in Italy Strossi his pollicy to victuall Parma The Duke of Florence taketh the Emperors party The Duke of Ferrara craueth à duice of the Venetians how to behaue himselfe in those troubles in Italy A discreâ—…t answer of the Venetians to the Duke of Ferrarâ—… Instructions sent by the French King to the Cardinall Tournon to be propounded to the Venetian Senate The Senates answer to the Cardinall Tournoâ—… The Germaine Princes treate with the French King against the Emperor The Pope by his Legate goeth about to attâ—…ne the Emperor and the French King The King inciâ—…ed agaiâ—…st the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 biddeth annates A great Turâ—…ish fleet at Sea The course held by the Turkish â—…leet at Sea The Turkeâ—… make war in Hungary and Transiluania Fâ—…rdinand doth 〈◊〉 enioy 〈◊〉 All Germany is bandâ—…d agaâ—…nst the Emperor and his brother Ferâ—…inand Ferdinand to free himselfe from war wiâ—…h the Turke offereâ—…h to pay him tribute Friar George the Câ—…rdinall is murthered The Venetians preparations when they heard how the Turkes armed Metz is taken by tâ—…e French The French King commeth as farre as the Râ—…ine in fauor of the Prâ—…testant Princes 〈…〉 the 〈◊〉 of â—…bourg The Prince of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The enterprise of 〈◊〉 propounded to the King The Prince of Salerno his proposition to the Venetian Senate The Senotes answers to the Prince of Saâ—… The Pace of châ—…usa is taken by the Protestants Peace betwâ—…xt the Emperor and Germaine Princes The Prince of Salerno â—…neth to Venite from the king The Oration of Selua the Frech Kings Ambassador to the Venetian Senate The Senats answere to the Prince of Salerne and the French Ambassador The enterprize of Naples being found very difficulâ—… is reâ—… by the King The Almanis band themselues against the French King concerning Metz Thou and Verdun The Emperor sâ—…ndeth the Viceroâ—… of Naples against Sienna The Kings demand tâ—… the Siennois The Viceroy of Naples spoileth the country of the Siennois An. 1552. The councell of â—…enne reuiueth the memory and execution of the lâ—…st will and testament of the Cardinal Zene The death of Edward the sixth King of England The Duke of Florence sendeth forces against the Siennois An. 1553. An. 1554. An. 1555. The death of Pope Iulius he third The election of Pope Paul the fourth The Emperor Charles resigneth all his States to his sonne Philip and to his brother Ferdinand Truce granted and soone broken An. 1556. The Pope an enemy to the Spaniards The Duke of Alua taketh diuers townes from the Pope The Venetians being entreated by the Pope vse meanes to pacifie the Duke of Alua. Octauio Farneze 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his Dutchy An. 1557. The Duke of Guise commeth into Italy The losse of the battaile of Saint Lawrence and the towne of Saint Quintins The Spaniards demands vpon the treaty of peace with the Pope Peace betwixt the Pope and Spaniards VVarres betwixt Solimans two soones An. 1558. The taking of Calais Francis Daulphin of Viennois marâ—…ieth the Queene of Scots The French take Thyonuille An. 1559. Peace concludâ—… betwixt the 〈◊〉 and Spanish Kings The Pirates pursued by Bembo saue â—…hemselues in Durazzo The death of Pope Paul the fourth A Popular commotion in Rome Venetian Ambassadors to the French King The creation of Pope Pius the fourth The Cardinall Carassa and three of his kinsmen are put to death The death of Andre Doria The Venetians send Ambassadors to the Pope The ouerture of the councell of Trent An. 1560. Charles the ninth French King The Cardinalâ—… seâ—…t by the Pope to the the councell The Venetian 〈◊〉 that were present at the councell of â—…rent The Pope endâ—… the controtronersie betâ—…ixt the Ambassadors of France and Spaine A strange accident at Rome The Venetians chase away the Pirats Maximilâ—…an Emperor in 〈◊〉 fathers stead An. 1565. The great harme with the Inquisitiâ—…n doth after the manner of Spaine The Senate of Milans answer to the King of Spaine concerning the Inquisition The Venetianâ—… answer to the Pope The Death of Pope Piuâ—… quarâ—…us à nd the election of Peus quintus The death of Soliman before Zighet
purpose then hee laboured by all meanes to induce the Venetians to yeeld vp Riminy and Faenza to him declaring to them that the great dangers which threatned them by the combination of so many Princes would bee much greater if hee vnited himselfe with them in this confederacy For hee could not choose but pursue them both with spirituall and temporall Armes Hee caused in secret this remonstrance to bee made by a Greeke called Constantine Comniato to Iohn Badoario Ambassador for the Signiory of Venice to the Sea Apostolick for this confederacie was not yet diuulged The Ambassador gaue speedy notice thereof to the Senate who had an ynkling of it from else-where and were determined by no meanes to quit those townes as they aduertised the Ambassador according to the discourse made to him by Constantine Now it was told them that they might easily cause Maximillian to change his minde and distract him from the alliance with the French King in regard of the antient enmity betwixt them they secretly sent Iohn Peter Stella Secretary to the Senate to Maximillian who had often-times beene with him and was very well knowne to the Emperour to the end hee might finde meanes to reconcile him to the Senate This man beeing too hasty in the execution of his desseigne and not hauing well considered on the meanes and discouering himselfe to the Emperors domestick seruants King Lewis his Ambassadors who were with Maximillian had knowledge of his comming whereby hee did no good to the common-wealth George Pisan likewise comming to Rome by the Senates commandement to treate with the Pope his iourney was to no purpose The Senate despairing of peace made leuies of men and horse and decreed to enrole the greatest number of men at armes and light horse that they could raise among whom were diuerse Stradiots and a great number of footmen they commanded likewise for resistance at Sea if King Lewis should come to assaile them fifteene Galleis to bee armed They likewise dispatched André Badoario to the King of England to purchase him for their friend In the meane time Lascaris King Lewis Ambassador at Venice was dismissed the like was done to Condelmare who was their Ambassador in France vnto whom from the King was presented a chaine of gold the which he refused saying That he would not receiue any present from a King that was their enemie and so departed Carsode in like manner who was Agent at Milan departed thence within a while after supplies came to the Senate of a thousand light horse and fiue thousand strangers foote-men a thousand Archers from Candy and another thousand armed at all sortes from the Country of Albania They did after-wards with speed fortifie the Castle of Cremona and furnisht it withall things necessary for a long seege As also all there Townes and Castles neere thervnto of which fortifications the Count Petillan had expresse charge who comming one day meanely accompanied to Bergamo to see what was done there those of Milan hauing notice thereof by their spies two hundred horse sallied forth of Milan in the night euery horse man hauing a huquebusier behind him who hauing crost the riuer Adda hid themselues in the wood to surprize him which they might easily haue done he not mistrusting it But the Gouernor of Bergamo being aduertized by peasants of the country of the Ambuscado sent sodainly after the Earle who was already departed and so saued him from that danger The Senate hauing notice of the French-mens Ambuscado to surprize the Earle accounted the warre to be denounced where-vpon they chose Andrew Gritti and George Cornare for Brouidators who in the time of the Rhetick war had the same command The Pope who had deferred to ratifie the confederacy till the very last day assigned for the ratification did confirme it but with expresse declaration that hee would not execute any hostile act against the Venetians till the French King did begin the warre This was about the latter end of the yeare 1508. When as the league beeing ratified by all the confederates the French King beegan to make very great preparations and beeing come to Lyons hee caused his companies to march towards the Mounts and sixe thousand Swisses whome hee had in a readinesse prepared them-selues to come downe at the same-time into Italy The Venetians on the other side with great courage made preparations as hath beene said but considering afterward how all Christendome in a manner were in armes against them they desirous to trie by all meanes possible if they could dissolue that Vnion repenting for that they had not separated the Pope from the other the which they might haue done by the onely yeelding vp of Faenza vnto him They would haue renewed their former treaties both with the Emperour and the King of Spaine but it was in vaine with all three of them for the Pope could no more accept of that he had desired the Catholike King had no meanes to diuert the rest and the Emperor did so abhorre them as he would not vouchsafe to looke vpon their Ambassador wherevpon they conuerted all their thoughts to defence and to wage as hath beene said great numbers of horse and foote and to arme diuers vessells as well to keepe the sea as the Lake of La Garde the riuer Po and other Neighbour places Sondry prodegies which did happen did greatly terrifie them First they lost a barke within the which were ten thousand Ducats sent by the Senate to Rauenna which was drownd then lightning fell on the Castle of Bressia after that the place where the Charters of the Common-wealth were kept fell wholy downe to the ground and fier tooke either by chance or by the secret malice of some in their Arcenall in the same place where their salt peeter lay where it burnt twelue Galleis and a very great quantity of Munition which did much amaze them because it presaged nothing but mishap They made preparations then cheefely on that side whereby the French King was to come which was towards the Giradade crossing the riuer Adda neere to Cassiana and therefore they assembled their army at Pontuico on the riuer Oglio the Earle of Petillan was made Generall thereof Bartilmeo Aluiana was Gouernor and George Cornare and Andre Grittâ—… aboue named were prouidatory These men being assembled to determine after what manner the warre should be managed the opinions were different betwixt the generall and the gouernor This man was of opinion to make the seate of the war in the enemies country rather then in their owne and to goe and assaill the Dutchy of Milan before the French King should passe the Mounts The other who for his long experience would not heare tell of tempting fortune was of a contrary opinion and counselled that contemning the losse of the countrey of Gyradade they should encampe neere to the Citty of Orci as in times past other great Captaines had done in the warres
attempted in vaine to take Monfalcone but he gaue a furious assault on the towne and castle of Cadora where he committed great slaughter on those that were within it The Venetians in the meane time tooke the towne of Valdesera by force and Bellona by composition The Emperour perceiuing that his forces were not worthy the name of Imperiall propounded to the confederates the vniting of all their forces in one to assaile the city of Venice and to that intent to vse the helpe of the sea armies and Galleis of the French King and the Pope The French King would willingly haue consented therevnto if he had seene any likelihood of the matter But the Pope and the Catholike King gainesaid it as a thing most vniust and dishonorable The Duke of Brunswicke on the other side being sent by the Emperor could not take Vdina the Capitall city of Friul nor Ciuital-D'Austria which he likewise beseeged Christoforo Frangipane did the like in Histria where nere to the village of Verme he defeated the Venetian officers and did greatly burne and spoile the whole country During these temporall accidents of armes in diuers places they disputed at Rome on spirituall armes whither before the recouery of Padua the sixe Ambassadors from the Senate were arriued namely Dominico Treuisan Leonardo Moceniga Paulo Pisani Ieronimo Donato Paulo Capello and Lodouico Maripietro who entring by night in poore and wretched habite because the Pope would haue it so who did not see them they went to the pallace of the Cardinall of Naples to conferre with him and the other Commissioners Great were the practises of the Ambassadors of the Emperour French King and the King of Spaine to hinder them from obtayning absolution and on the contrary the Archbishop of Yorke solicited for them in the behalfe of Henry King of England The Emperor in the meane time hauing assembled all the forces he was able to make as well of his owne as of others that assisted him determined with a mighty army to goe and beseege Padua The Venetians weighing how much the preseruation of that city did import them did not forget to furnish it with all necessaries for defence Wherevnto Prince Loredan did greatly incite them in an Oration full of mighty perswasions by whose counsell two hundred young Gentlemen departed from Venice to goe to the releefe of that city where they were receiued with incredible ioy of al men They receiued letters at Venice at the same time from Andre Foscole Ambassador at Constantinople for the Common-wealth neere to the great Turke whereby he assured the Senate that the Turke was mightily dipleased when he vnderstood of the defeate of their army at Gyradade and for that they had not acquainted him with their enterprizes and requested his aide and that now he freely offered them all aide and fauour it being his pleasure that Prince Loredan should bee speedily aduertized of this offer The Senate by their Ambassador did highly thanke him but would not accept the offer because it was neither seemely nor proffitable But to returne to the Emperours preparations who whilest he tarried for forces which came to him from all parts he came to the bridge of Brente three miles of from Padua where hauing taken Rimini by force and turned aside the current of the water he marched towards the Pollesin of Rouigo keeping aloofe off from Padua to open the passage to his victuals staying for his Artillery which was to come forth of Germany and tooke the village of Este by assault which he sack't and next he tooke Monselecia the castle with the town of Montagnane by composition From thence returning towards Padua he encamped nere to the bridge of Bassonella nere to the city where he attempted but in vaine to turne backe the course of the Riuer Brento To this place came the artillery and the munition which he expected with the residue of his army wherewith he went forward and encamped nere to the Suburbes of Saint Crosse determining to giue an assault in that place but when he vnderstood that it was the strongest part of the city he changed his purpose and remooued towards the little Gate on the way to Venice as well for that it was the weakest part of the city as also to cut off supplies that might come thither by land or water wherein hauing spent much time vnproffitably and giuen leisure to the enemies to fortifie and furnish themselues with victuals He approched neere to the wals with his army which besides the French Kings seuen hundred Launces vnder the command of the Lord de la Palisse consisted of one thousand Italian men at armes eighteene thousand Lansquenets sixe thousand Spaniards six thousand boot-halers of sundry nations two thousand Italianâ—… After these followed a great traine of all sorts of peeces of battery with wonderfull store of munition so as neuer any seege in Italy was of the like expectation as well for the importance of the place whereon depended the good or bad successe of the Venetians as in regard of the greatnesse and authority of such a leader which caused the number of the army daily to encrease al-be-it the souldiers were not paied who fed themselues neuerthelesse with hope of the Cities spoile On the other side the army which the Venetians had in Padua for the defence thereof was little inferior to the Emperors For there were sixe hundred men at armes fifteene hundred light horse fifteene hundred famous and well experienced Stradiots and besides the Cauallery there was twelue thousand footmen of the best souldiers of Italy and tenne thousand other footmen as well Sclauonians as Greeks and Albanezes drawne from their Galleis and besides all these all the Venetian young Gallants were there with their followers whose example did much encourage the rest Moreouer it did not want great aboundance of all necessary prouisions nor great store of artillery with a merueilous quantity of all kinde of victuals and a multitude almost numberlesse of peasants who without intermission laboured in the Cities fortifications so as within a short space it was fortified with bastions ram piers casemates parapets and necessary trenches And to the end that the courage of al those within it might be answerable to those preparations the Count Petillan who was General caused them all to be assembled in Saint Anthonies market-place where hauing encouraged them by graue valorous speeches he first bound himselfe by sollemne oth and then the captaines the whole army and the townesmen in like manner faithfully to employ themselues in the defence thereof euen to the death In the meane time the Pope the Emperor and the French King did earnestly solicite the King of Hungary to make warre on the Venetians telling him how easily he might recouer all the lands which they held in Histria and Selauonia now when as they had in a manner lost all their forces and were assailed on euery
to the Popes great griefe who wished that the Venetians might be freed from this warre that he might ioyne them to himselfe against the French King whom he more and more hated thereby to lay foundations of great importance and to this purpose had secretly sent a meslenger to the King of England The Venetian army in the meane time beeing quartered at Saint Boniface on the Veronois held Verona in a manner beseeged al-be-it deeds of armes were coldly performed on either part according to the season which was cold The Princes mindes neuerthelesse were greatly troubled aud especially the Emperour who inuenting all meanes to get the vpper-hand of the Venetians drew his affaires still out at length and did publish an other Dyet at Ausbourg where the Electors of the Empire hauing made instance to treate of peace with the Venetians before they mentioned any prouisions for the warre he thought that the Bishop of Pescera the Popes Nuntio had solicited the matter wherevpon hee sent him away And considering that the resolutions of Dyets were long vncertaine he resolued with himselfe to induce the French King to condescend to take Padua Vincenza and Treuiso with his owne forces and to accept of a sufficient recompence for it This offer being propounded in the Kings Counsell was much debated on all sides and the King almost consented by the councell of diuers to accept it and to returne againe in person into Italy with a mighty at my But vpon the difficulties which were made to the contrary hee delayed the answere and resolued aboue all things to vse meanes to appease the Pope and to make him his friend if it were possible at least-wise that hee should not bee his enemy and for this purpose sent post to Rome Albert Count of Carpi a man of excellent wit and iudgement vnto whom were giuen very ample instructions and commission likewise to diswade the Pope from absoluing the Venetians but as hee arriued the Pope had already concluded and promised it the Venetians hauing after long disputations for certaine monthes space consented to those conditions whereon the difficulty lay because they saw none other remedy for their safety but to be ioyned with him The Ceremonies of the absolution beeing ended the Ambassadors returned to Venice leauing at Rome neere to the Pope Ieronimo Donato a very learned man one of their owne number and very pleasing to his Holinesse who did great good seruice to his countrey in matters which he afterwards treated with him Maximillian and the French King were displeased for that the Pope had absolued the Venetians the one because hee had not yet recouered his owne according to the treaty of Cambray and the other because he desired for his owne particular profit that the Venetians might no more recouer themselues But neither of them did in any sort perceiue the Popes meaning especially the French King whom the Pope fed with vaine hopes For after the absolution contrary to Kings meaning hee gaue leaue to the Feudataries and Tennants of the Church to receiue the Venetians pay and to Iohn Paul Baillon to bee Generall of their army in Count Petillans stead who was newlie dead Then hee vsed meanes to reconcile the Venetians with the Emperour to the end that they three beeing ioyned together might make warre on the French King But they could not agree for the Emperour would absolutely haue Verona for his share and the Venetians stoutly craued it for themselues Moreouer the Pope did secretly solicite the King of England to make warre on the French King putting him in minde of the antient quarrelles betwixt those two Kingdomes and the faire occasion which offered it selfe with fortunate successe He did besides continue his practizes begunne with the Swisses by means of the Bishop of Syon whose authority was great amongst that Nation which fell out in the end as hee desired For they growing proud that all men sought their friendship the King soliciting them to renue the league which was almost expired with great boldnesse and presumption they craued the augmentation of their pentions which were threescore thousand pounds a yeere besides the secret pentions which were giuen to priuate persons At which insolency the King being mooued he reiected them with haughty speeches making shew that he did not esteeme them and flatly denied to augment their pentions hauing made alliance with the Valesians and the Lords of the Grisons The Pope being glad of this disunion made new confederacy with them and thought he had done much for the execution of that which he intended and first of all he assailed the Duke of Ferrara for spight that hauing receiued so many benifits at his hands he depended more on the French King then on him And he imperiously forbad him to cause any more salt to be made at Comachia Duke Alphonso complayning for that he went about to hinder him from receiuing the profit of his owne reuenues would not obey this commandement wherevpon he threatned him with greeuous censures if he did not desist his thoughts and actions wholly tending to defend and raise the Venetians The Emperour and the French King who desired nothing so much as their downefall beeing displeased with the Popes proceedings did more strictly vnite themselues together and resolued to assaile the Venetians that Summer with great forces and summoned the Pope to ioyne with them according to the purport of the confederacy of Cambray but he answered that he was no more tied to that confederacy which was accomplished it being Maximillians fault that hee had not Treuiso or recompence in money for it In the meane time Verona had like to haue beene taken by the Venetian Garrison which lay at Saint Boniface who beeing sent for by the townesmen came by night neere to the Cittie to scale the Castle of Saint Peter but in setting vppe their Ladders which were to short they were discouered wherevpon they returned to their Garrison and diuers of the conspiracy in the city were punished About the same the Pope hauing notice that peace was newlie concluded betwixt the Kings of France and England and perceiuing on the other side the brauado which Maximillian vsed in his behalfe in demanding of him the loane of two hundred thousand Ducats threating him if hee refused it to vnite himselfe with the French King against him hee was desirous to reunite himselfe with the King and beganne to deale with the Earle of Carpi who was still at Rome But on a sodaine hee changed his minde so soone as hee had notice of the small aide which the commissioners in the assembly of Ausbourg had offered the Emperour and that the King of England had not made him such an answere as hee expected By meanes whereof taking courage he beganne a new to assaile the Duke of Ferrara because the said Duke had raised some new impositions on marchandize which was brought to Venice by the Riuer Po saying That by the
as for the doubt they made of the King of Arragon The Emperor and the French King thought it fit to bee assured of his intent as well in regard of the continuation of the League of Cambray as for that which was to be done with the Pope if hee perseuered in the Venetians frindship and in his couetuousnesse to purchace immediately the demaine of Ferrara to the Church The Catholike King hauing answered all these demandes and his intent being fully knowne the Bishop of Gurcia on the one side in the name of the Emperor and the French king on the other did passe a new confederacy together reseruing place for the Pope to enter into it within two moneths after and for the Catholike King and the King of Hungary within foure The King promised to giue the Emperor a hundred thousand crownes the one halfe to bee paid presently and the other halfe at a time prefixed and the Emperor promised to passe into Italy against the Venetians at the spring time with three thousand horse and ten thousand foote and that then the King should send him at his owne charge twelue hundred horse and eight thousand foote with store of artillery and certaine shipes by sea But during these treaties in France with the Bishoppe of Gurcia the Lord of Chaumont hauing recouered Carpi determined by the soliciting of the Bentiuoles on a sodaine to assaile the citty of Bolognia wherein the Pope and his whole Court lay in regard of the faire occasion which was presented there being in the Citty but a few strange souldiours In this determination hee set forward and hauing taken Spilimberta and Castelfranco hee came and lodged at Crespolana ten miles from Bolognia meaning the next day to shew himselfe before the gates His comming being diuulged through the Citty and that the Bentiuoles were with him it was filled with confusion and tumult The Cardinalls and Prelats not accustomed to the dangers of warre came to the Pope complayning for that hee had exposed the sea Apostolike and themselues to so greate danger beseeching him to vse meanes to appease matters by the mildest composition hee could The Ambassadors of the Emperor the Catholike King and the King of England made the like request Him-selfe alone in so great confusion and disorder vncertaine of the peoples fidelity and discontented for that the Venetians aid was so slow did obstinately resist all their importunities But beeing at last ouer-come by the prayers and entreaties of so many he did consent to haue a messenger sent to the Lord of Chaumont to know of him whether Iohn Francisco Pico Earle of Mirandola might safely come vnto him from the Pope The Lord of Chaumont being assured of the King his Maisters minde who desired nothing more then to be at peace with the Pope did freely condescend to the Earle of Mirandolas comming to him who being arriued he gently heard and sent him backe the same day to Bolognia to signifie to the Pope the conditions whereon he was contented to make an accord who soone returned with an answere The Pope hauing contrary to his custome patiently heard the articles propounded by the Lord of Chaumont together with the entreaties of the Cardinalls who besought him with incredible affection to compound howsoeuer did greatly complaine for that they propounded ouer hard conditions to him and seeming greatly to doubt hee spent that day without declaring what his intent was But the arriuall of Chiapin vitelli at Bolognia with six hundred light horse of the Venetians with a squadron of Turkes whome they kept in pay did encrease his hope The Lord of Chaumont came the day following with his whole army and quartered it at the bridge of Rene three miles from Bolognia whether the Ambassadors of the Emperor and the Kings of England and Arragon came to see him who returned diuers times the same day and with them Albert Pico toward the Pope and the Lord of Chaumont But the disposition of either of them was much changed For the Pope had taken courage perceiuing the people of Bolognia freely to shew themselues in the Churches behalfe and that besides these companies that were arriued he expected the same day two hundred Stradiots from the Venetians Fabricio Colonna with two hundred light horse and certaine Spanish men at Armes On the contrary the Lord of Chaumont beganne to distrust the getting of the victory perceauing that the people did not rise in fauour of the Bentiuoles as they had promised him and that he began to want victualls the which was likely to grow greater euery day The Pope by meanes here of beginning againe his vsuall braues answered vpon new conditions of peace which were propounded That there was no meanes to come to an agreement vnlesse the French Kinge would be bound wholy to giue ouer the defence of Ferrara where-vpon the whole businesse remaining imperfect the Lord of Chaumont departed thence as wel by reason of the want of victualls which were greatly diminished as because he dispaired of doing any good either by armes or by treaties of peace and returned to Castel-Franco and the next day to Rubiero making shew that hee did it to giue the Pope time to thinke on what he had propounded and for him selfe to vnderstand the Kings pleasure The Pope being extreamely incensed against the king so soone as the Lord of Chaumont was departed complained of the king told the Ambassadors that he would no more giue eare to peace vnlesse Ferrara were first of all yeelded to him where-vpon he leuied new forces and incited the Venetians to send part of their forces to Modena to ioyne with his to molest Ferrara with the other part promising to himselfe in a short space to take Regio Rubiera and Ferrara If the forces of the Pope the Venetians and the Spanish lances vnited together had forth with marched against the French it was cerrenly thought that the Lord of Chaumont would haue forsaken Regio but their delay encoraged him and caused him to leuie new companies of foote in sted of those whome hee had cassed at his discamping from before Bolognia Whilest the Popes army and that of his associates did temporise neere to Modena the Duke of Ferrara with the French companies which were commanded by the Lord Castillon encamped on the Po iust opposite to the Venetian companies who lay on the farther side of the riuer they making a retreate were assailed by diuers boates of Ferrara and by the Dukes ordnance which sanke eight of their vessells and the residew hardly escaped On the other side the Popes army commanded by Fabricio Colonna in the absence of the Marquis of Mantua did beseege Sassuola the which being beaten with the artillery was taken by assault and the Castle within a while after Sassuola beeing taken the Pope would haue Montechia a very strong place to be beseeged but Fabricio Collonna would not do it saying that his King had expresly
the confederats But the losse of the victorious was greater without comparison by reason of the death of the Generall of â—…s of Alegre â—…ters French Gentlemen and Almaine Captaines to whose valour the victory was partly ascribed The victors beeing returned to their Campe those of the Citty sent word that they would yeeld but whilest they câ—…pitulated the Lanâ—…equentes Gascons perceiuing the walls to be carelessely kept did enter it at the breach which was made before the bataile and â—…ade cruell spoyle for despight of the losse which they had sustayned in the battaile but they could not take the Castle whether Marke Antony Câ—…llonna was â—…tyled which hee afterward yeelded vpon condition â—…o haue their goods and liues saued The Venetians hauing newes of this losse sent word to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whome they kept in pay with a thousand foote in Flaminâ—… to gard and defend the lands of the Church The Viâ—…y neuer â—…aid till hee came to Aâ—…coha where hee vsed meanes to renew his army promisâ—…g to him selfe that beeing ioyned with the Swisses hee would easily driue the French forth of â—…taly so as euery one would employ him-selfe in that busienesse The Venetâ—…ns beeing aduertised of his intenâ—… sent to comfort him for his losse and to offer him al ayde and releefe by Antoâ—… 〈◊〉 who brought him a good summe of mony from the Senate the liâ—…e also did King 〈◊〉 Aâ—…ssador which lay at Venice The French Army being daunted with the death of their Generall remained within 4. miles of Rauenna attempting nothing expecting the kings pleasure In the meane space newes being brought to Rone of the losse of the battaile all the Cardinalls came forth-with to the Pope earnestly entreating him to accept of peace with the French King the which they assured him hee might obtaine on honest conditions they seeing no other remedy for all these daungers but peace onely The Ambassadors of the King of Arragon and the Signury of Venice insisted on the contrary giuing him to vnderstand that matters were not so desperate nor the army so much decayed but that it might easily bee restored in short space without any greate expence with many other very pertinent reasons to induce the Pope to their opinion But he continewed in very great doubt for on the one side hatred and disdaine against the French did possesse him and on the other feare and danger Wherevpon hee answered the Cardinalls that he would make peace with the French King and yet it was not with that resolution which might giue any certaine hope and last of all when as Iulius of Medicis a Knight of Malta who was after-wards pope came to him from the Cardinall of Medicis and had fully informed him how greatly the French were weakened by their Generalls death and of diuers other particularities of the French army which did much recomfort him And bringing him into the Consistory he caused him to rehearse the selfe same things to the Cardinalls who neuerthelesse did perseuer in their desire of peace the which though in words hee made shew to please them to accept of hee had neuerthelesse resolued not to graunt but vpon the last extremity and rather to leaue Rome hoping that his cause would bee maintayned by the armes of Christian Princes But so soone as hee vnderstood that the Lord of La Palisse who commanded the French army after the death of Gaston of Foix was called into the Dutchy of Milan by the Generall of Normandy for feare of the Swisses comming and that he was with the army departed out of Roâ—…gina he found him-selfe freed of the doubt and feare which hee was in concerning the affaires of Rome whereby hee was more then before confirmed in his obstinacy albeit the Legate of the councell â—…arried still in Romagnia with three hundred lances three hundred light horse six thousand foote and eight peeces of ordnance Now the Pope beeing greatly confirmed by that which hath beene already said and by the great hopes which the King of Arragon gaue him so soone as bee had intelligence of the losse of the battaile of Rauenna promising to send him Gonsaluo the great Captaine into Italy with new supplies and likewise by the commission which the King of England had sent to the Cardinall of Yorke to enter into the league hee did openly reiect peace and pronounced in open Consistory a Monitory against the French King if hee did not release the Cardinall of Medicis whome hee kept prisoner in Milan where hee was honorably vsed The Swisses in the meane time who stood badly affected to the French King and did wonderfully hate him beeing assembled at Coire a city of the Grisons there antient confederats marched from thence to Trent the Emperour to collour the matter with the King saying that hee could not stoppe their passage in regard of the antient confederacy which he had with them From Trent they came vpon the Verona Territory where the Venetians army expected them who together with the Pope did contribute for their pay They were in number more then sixe thousand though no more were demaunded For the hatred which they did heare to the French King was so greate as contrary to their custome they did pâ—…tiently endure al difficulties and namely they caâ—… from home hauing receiued only one florin of Ryne a peece wheras in time before they would not march for the Kings seruice vnlesse they had beene promised many paies and their Captains presented with sondry guifts La Palisse comming first of all with the Army to Pontoglio to stop their passage thinking that they would come that way into Italy perceiuing afterward their meaning to be otherwise came and incamped at Chastillon of the stirrop not being assured whether they would come downe into the Dutchy of Millan or els march towards Ferrara It was certainely thought that they would haue held on the way towards Ferrara according to the Popes directions had not a letter which the Lord of La Palisse sent to the General of Normandy been inâ—…ercepted by mishap the which fell into the hands of the Venetian Stradiots by which he sent him word how his affaires stood and that it would be a hard matter to resist them if they should turne towards the Dutchy of Millan This letter made them change their determination and caused the Cardinall of Syon the chiefe motiue of this warre with the Captaines to resolue to enterprise that which their enemies most feared as was perceiued by that letter Therefore they came to Villafranca to ioyne with the Venetian army vnder the command of Iohn Paul Bailon which was of foure hundred men at armes eight hundred light horse and sixe thousand foote with peeces of Ordnance as well for battery as for the field La Palisse who in all had not aboue seauen thousand foote and a thousand lances did with the Captaines determine wholy to forsake the field and to looke to the defence of the townes
Venetians with the Popes arbitratiue sentence The Venetians defeate the Almaines in the Countrey of Friul And lastly the meanes which the Venetians vsed to recouer money for the entertainment of their Armie The First Booke of the fifth Decade of the Historie of Uenice WHilest the Venetians spoyled the Countrey about Verona to enforce the Veronois to some agreement the Spanish army came forward the Viceroy fearing least thorough the bad disposition of those of Legnaga Verona would open her gates to the Venetians and therefore hee determined without delay to giue ayde to the Emperors affaires which made him to crosse the Po at Stradella to encampe before the castle of Legnaga which was guarded by two hundred and fifty foot the which notwithstanding the common opinion that it might well haue held out for certaine dayes longer he tooke by force the Vènetian Prouidator being taken prisoner with all the footmen which were not slaine at the assault Aluiana hauing intelligence of the Spaniards approach retired to Albera on the farther side of the riuer Adicé where he vsed all the means hee could to repaire his armie the which hee afterward diuided for the gard of Treuiso and Padua sending Iohn Paul Baillon Malatesta Sogliana and the Knight de la Volpe to Treuiso with two hundred men at armes three hundred light horse and two thousand â—…oote and himselfe went with the residue of the Armie to Padua During all these warlike exploits and different practises because the treaties of the accord betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians were not wholy broken off Pope Leo would haue them to be reuiued thinking it an easie matter to obtaine of either of them that which hee pretended For he supposed that the Emperor beeing inuited by his occasions beyond the Mounts would bee content to hearken therevnto that hee might with more ease recouer Burgondie for his sonnes sonne and the Venetians much more as well because they were daunted with the defeat of the French as for that they knew that the French King many dangers threatning his kingdome could not for that yeare thinke on the affaires of Italy and besides he saw the Spanish Army at their doores with which the companies that were in Verona went to vnite themselues They were more ouer drawne dry of money vnprouided of Soldiers and namely of footmen and they were to make resistance alone no sparke of light appearing nor no ayde neere The Senate neuerthelesse made a most constant answer That it would not hearken to any agreement vnlesse Vincenza and Verona were yeelded to them And on the otherside they solicited the French King by their Ambassador Dandulo resident with him to renue his army and not to make shew of being danted for one onely losse hapned at Nouara not to suffer those mountainer Suisses to boast for that they had driuen so mighty a king from his state and rob'd him of the fruite of the purchased victory That hee should boldly make choyce of counsell worthy his greatnesse that the Venetians would not faile him in any thing That hee should make vse for his seruice of their Armes Soldiers and meanes that so long as life should remaine in their bodies they would bee ready to vnder-goe all paine and danger for the greatnesse of the Realme of France and for the defence of their common cause King Lewis thanked the Venetians for their offers and with faire words gaue them good hope manifesting his desire to bee reuenged on his enemies and to continue his friendship and confederacie with them that the Frenck Kings custome was not to be chargeable but to bring all aide profit and comfort to their friends and confederates But because it was certainly thought that the Realme of France beeing assailed in sundry places namely by the King of England at Calais and by the Emperor and the Suisses in another place it would bee hard for King Lewis to intend for that whole yeare the affaires of Italy The Venetians in the meane time did exhort him to free himselfe from all those difficulties which might in time to come hinder him from the conquest of that which did belong vnto him in Italy and to purchase friends in the Countrey especially the Pope The King who desired nothing more then the vniting of his Realme with the Church the which was earnestly craued by all his Court and subiects did willingly hearken to the Venetians intreaties and remonstrances and resolued for the same purpose to send the Bishop of Marseilles his Ambassador to Rome and perceiuing that hee could neuer hope for any alliance with the Pope in temporall matters vnlesse he first of all did compose spirituall dissentions hee gaue his Ambassador in charge to assure the Pope that hee had broken and reuoked the Councell which hee had caused first to bee assembled at Lyons and afterwards at Pisa and that hee would not allow of any other Councell then that of Lateran which was then to be held in Rome that he would euer like to his Predecessors greatly honor and reuerence the Popes name and the sea Apostolick and would be ready with his whole power to defend the Church of Rome The Venetians at the same time sent ten Ambassadors to the Pope for age and dignity the chiefest of the Citty for to giue him sufficient testimony of the good will and affection which they did beare to him and had besides the better to please him enioyned Francisco Foscare their Ambassador resident with him to be present at euery Sâ—…ssion of the Councell in the name of the Republick so soone as it should be begun at Saint Iohns of Lateran But they found afterward that the Pope did not so greatly affect them as they imagined because that beeing wholy since the rout at Nouara freed from the feare of the French insteed of dissembling which before hee had done he began to discouer himselfe openly He did aloud rebuke the Venetians and greatly taxe them for recalling the French into Italy and that they who ought to haue had most care of the liberty and quiet of the Prouince were those who had stirred vp more troubles in it and had reduced it vnder the seruitude of Barbarians And to make them more odious hee did accuse them to haue had a desire if matters had fallen out prosperously to recouer the Citties and Townes of Romagnia which they had enioyed The Pope did often vse these reproachfull speeches The Emperour in the meane time did solicite him to send him the aide promised in the treaty passed with Iulius his Predecessor and ratified by himselfe against the Venetians in which demand the Emperour still persisting with great obstinacy albeit it was iâ—…ksome vnto him fearing least the French King would be displeased therewith hee sent vnto him being not able to delay it any longer vnder the conduct of Troilo Sauello Achilles Tourella Mutio Colonna the nomber of soldiers which he craued because
neuerthelesse forthwith put on their Armor made ready their horses and all other things needfull for a battaile then hauing taken courage they placed themselues vnder their enseignes and opened them-selues more at large Their whole Army was deuided into three parts The Duke of Bourbon lead the Vant-gard accompanied by the Lord of Talamont sonne to Trimouille Iohn Iacomo Triuulcio Pedro of Nauarre and other famous Captaines with all the Almaines Gascons and French In the battaile was the King about whom were the greatest part of the men at armes and a choyce troope of Almaine souldiers with the Dukes of Lorraine and Albany the Lord Trimouille Francis of Bourbon Count of Saint Paul Odet of Foix Lord of Lautrech and diuerse others The Duke of Alançon conducted the rere-ward with the Lords La Palisse and Aubigni and the residue of the Cauallery The Suisses in the meane time hauing left certaine companies of Soldiers vpon the rere-ward had made of their whole Army but one body which was very strong and beeing well closed together they went on furiously that they might the better seaze on the Artillery and gaue in vpon the Lansqnenets who were at the front of the French Armie These men suspecting that the French according to the common report were agreed with the Suisses and that they came only to assaile them in regard of the deadly hatred betwixt these two Nations opened them-selues and suffered the first charge of the Suisses who came furioufly vpon them to passe on where-vpon they went directly towards the Artillery which beeing perceiued by Pedro of Nauarre hee on a sodaine called vp his troopes and caused them to keepe the place appointed to the Lansque nets whereby the enemies passage was soone closed The Cauallery on the other side and the King himselfe who was enuironed with a valiant troope of Gentlemen comming against them their great fury was in some sort cooled and a very cruell battaile beganne the which with diuers euents continewed till fower howers within night certaine French Captaines being already slaine and the King himselfe stricken with diuers pushes of Pikes at the last both sides being so weary as they were able to doe no more did seperate themselues and retired forth of the throng without any commandement or sound of drumme or trompet The Suisses lodged in the very same place expecting day and they suffered one an other on both sides to rest that night as if they had taken truce The King in the meane time did not spend the remainder of the night vnproffitably but assembled his councell to determine what was to be done the day following hee caused the Artillery to be drawne backe and planted in more commodious places hee did reordaine the battaillons of the Lancequenets who promised to amend their former daies fault and to giue sufficient proofe of their faith and loyalty and sent word to Aluiana speedily to come and bring his forces to the battaill So soone as it was day the Swisses went and assailed the French with the selfe same fury of the day before who valliantly receuied them but with more discretion and better order where vpon the Swisses were beaten partly with the artillery and partly with the Gascon Crosbowes and by the horsemen so as they were beaten in Front and in Flanke at such time as Aluiana who was sent for as hath beene sayd arriued with his light horse and with part of his army in the greatest hast he could Hee arriued at such time as the battaile was most closed and most fierce and when matters were in greatest hazard and danger Hee gaue in with great fury vpon the Swisses backes who neuer-the-lesse did still fight valliantly But at last dispairing of the victory as well in regard of the great resistance made against them as by the arriuall of the Venetian army they sounded the retreat and retired with a soft pace towards Milan keeping still their vsuall order with such an amazement to the French army as there was neither horse nor foote-troupes that had the courage to follow them by reason they were much tyred in the battayle hauing fought without intermission from day-breake till none The end of the second Booke of the fifth Decade The Contents of the third Booke of the fifth Decade COntention among the Swisses being retired to Milan after the battaill Milan and the whole Dutchy is reduced vnder the French obedience The French Kings entry into Milan Aluiana his enterprise on the Citty of Bressia with the Venetian army alone The death of Aluiana and the establishment of Iohn Iames Triuulce in his place The Venetians take Pescara The French are present at the seege of Bressia The Pope maketh motion of peace Parma and Placencia are by the Pope yeelded vp to the French King The enteruiew of the Pope and the French King at Bolognia The Campe dislodgeth from before Bressia Triuulcio giues ouer his charge The Duke of Bourbon Viceroy in the Dutchy of Milan The Lord of Lautrec with the Venetian army comes againe before Bressia The Popes practises to breake the seege of Bressia The Emperor the King of England and the Pope band themselues against the French King Manfron and de Bue are defeated by the Imperialls The Lancequenets are defeated by Fregosa at the Castle of Ansa The Emperor commeth with great forces into Italy and beseegeth Asola The French and Venetian armies retyre to Milan The arriuall of the Swisses at Milan for the King The Emperors shamefull retreate into Almaine and the abandoning of his army King Francis his complaints against the Pope The Lord of Lautrec Gouernor of the Dutchy of Milan beseegeth Bressia the third time Bressiayeeldeth vpon composition Verona after diuers determinations being beseeged in two seuerall places is by the Almains freed from the seege The contents of the treaty of Noyon Verona by the same treaty is yeelded to the Venetians The great ioy of the Venetians together with the Veronois for that redition The Contents of the third Booke of the fifth Decade THE Swisses after the bataill being retired to Mylan a very great contention arose amongst them some of them being desirous to make an agreement with the French King and others to continue still for the defence of Milan Those who demanded the acord making another pretence craued mony of Maximilian Sforza the which they very well knew hee had no meanes to pay but it was onely by that refusall to take an occasion to leaue him the which they did by perswasion of Rost their Colonell leauing fifteene hundred of their countrymen with fiue hundred Italians for the gaâ—…d of the Castle promising Maximillian neuerthelesse to returne to the aide of their fellowes whome they left behind Vpon which promise Maximillian Sforza accompanied by Iohn of Gonzaga and Ieronimo Morone and by other Gentlemen of Milan shut himselfe vp in the Castle The French after the Victory remaining maisters of the field did
beginne the warre on that side seeing that the King of Arragon was dead and that Charles Duke of Burgondy hauing taken vpon him the name of Prince of Castile made himselfe terrible to all those who held any States in Italy and chiefly to himselfe But the Popes cunning being already knowne of a long time caused no great regard to be giuen to his speech The Venetians thus continuing the seege of Bressia without harkening to any truce resolued not to stirre from thence till it was either yeelded vp or taken by force The Emperour who had made warre but slowly the yeere before by his Lieutenants determined to goe thither in person sought all meanes to make new stirres in Italy assembled diuers Diets craued aide made great leauies of soulders and aboue all prouoked the Swisses to take armes to reuenge the death of so many braue men their companions offering to be their captaine and not to abandon them in any trauaile or danger whatsoeuer The King of England made the same request being iealous of the glory and reputation of the French and for that the French King also had taken vpon him the protection of the King of Scots The Pope did no lesse but in more secret manner And all three of them promised good pay to those Swisses that would come shewing them moreouer that the profit which would redound to them by that warre of Italy and by their alliance would bee much greater then their hire The Venetian captaines in the meane time after the arriuall of the Lord of Lautrec did often sit in councel where their opinions were very different saying That there was no great garrison within the towne and that it was besides destitute of all prouision making but small doubt of the seege But this opinion was not receiued by reason of the vnfitnesse of the time which was in the middest of winter when it is not good to discampe and to lead the souldiers to a new faction As also because they thought it meere follie to quit a certenty such as was the taking of Bressia for the vncertaine successe of that which would happen before Verona For they certainely knew that there was in Bressia such want of money corne and al other kind of victuals as it was of necessity soone to be theirs either by agreement or by force and this being verified by diuers it was concluded by a generall consent not to stirre from thence and that the City should be more streightlly looked to In the campe there was plenty of all things for the Senate was carefull to furnish it with all necessaries notwithstanding all the impediments which the enemies vsed against the purueyors which prooued vaine to none effect Marke Antonio Colonna was the man who being lodged at Verona vsed all meanes to cut off victuals from the army and to that end kept great numbers of Spaniards and horse-men at Legnaga which they then possessed so as by little and little the enemies waxed so bold as they came and scoured as farre as the Venetians campe whilest they were busied at their seege The Generall and the Prouidatori thinking if they should endure that indignity it would greatly blemish their reputation sent Iohn Paul Manfron and Marke Antonio Bue with foure hundred men at armes and foure hundred light horse to surprize them but the designe succeeded badly for Colonna being by his spies aduertized of their comming came forth of Verona with six hundred horse and fiue hundred foot and went speedily towards Valegia and met them in the field and comming to handy-stroakes he defeated them At this incounter Iulio son to Iohn Paul Manfron his horse being slaine vnder him in the fight was taken his father fled to Gueda A more prosperous issue had the enterprise of Iano Fregosa Iohn Corardo Visin marching with certaine companies as well of the one as other army to the castle of Anse to stoppe the passage of 3000. Lansequenets for they slue 800. of them and the residew escaped with the mony which they carried into Lodron All these exploits were great but not of any great consequence in comrison of the totall of the warre and of that which happened on report of the Emperors comming into Italy which dayly encreased whereby both the assallants and the beseeged were shaken with diuers hopes and feare The Emperor hauing assembled diuers foot and horse companies prouoked great numbers of Swisses to take armes was on his way to come into Italy intending to enter by the mountaines of Trent and to goe directly towards Verona then to Bressia and leauing strong garrison in both those Cities to passe on into the Dutchy of Milan to expell the French The Pope hauing notice of the Emperours entry into Italy the better to honour him and to acquaint him particularly with his loue towards him created Bernardo de Bibiena Cardinall of Saint Mary in Porticu Legat and sent him to him for that he was euer wont to shew himselfe on the Popes behalfe against the French and to hinder their proceedings But the Venetians beleeuing verily that the Emperour would come into Italy exhorted the French King to prouide for their common affaires and not to suffer the Emperour and the Swisses who enuyed his glory and greatnesse to enioy the fruit of his labour and trauaile and that therefore he should either in person returne againe into Italy with a mighty army or else augment that which he had here already according to the worthinesse of the cause promising for their parts to spare nothing that might auaile him The King knowing that what they said was most true tooke great care not only for the danger wherein he saw the Dutchy of Milan but because he should be enforced to put off his enterprize of Naples till some other time wherevnto he greatly inclined Resoluing neuerthelesse first of all to defend his owne Estates and those of his allies he propounded to the Venetians to wage at their common charge eight thousand Swisses because that he hauing at the same time very opportunely renued his alliance with them it was expresly agreed vpon that it should bee lawfull for the King to draw what number of souldiers he pleased forth of their country The Venetians soone agreed to giue pay to two thousand foot of that Nation and readily to furnish money necessary for other expences of warre And notwithstanding that the publike treasury was much exhausted and the whole City greatly afflicted with so long a warre Yet neuerthelesse there was no want seene in any prouision for the army nor in ought else that concerned the continuance of the warre They made a leauy of foure thousand Italian foot they did encrease their garrisons in the Cities and created two Prouidatori Paul Gradonico and Lodouico Barbaro In the Venetians campe were foure thousand Gascons and fiue hundred men at armes commanded by French captaines but amongst those souldiers
whereof haâ—…ing acquainted Lautrec entreated him to send him more aide that he might the safelier goe to the assault Now al-be-it Lautrec had meanes to doe it for the commodiousnesse of going from one army to an other vpon a very strong bridge ouer the Adicé and that he did often promise to do it did neuerthelesse delay the matter And the campe had already laine fifteene daies before the towne the enemies were reduced to extremity the cannon had beaten downe a great space of the wall the souldiers within the City were wearied with continuall factions they wanted powder the captains and the townesmen did not agree together and yet for all that none of these matters could mooue him to make hast to force the City Newes in the meane time came to the campe how that great numbers of Almaine foot-men were comming to releeue the beseeged These newes did amaze Lautrec more then there was cause and distasted him of continuing the seege so as hee thought on nothing more then how to retire his army into some place of safety The Venetian Prouidators being aduertized of this sodaine resolution came vnto him where after diuers remonstrances of the great blemish he should doe to his honour and reputation to raise his campe they infinitely entreated him with great earnestnesse to temporize for a while longer and not to depart till the enemies were arriued that they might see what they were But all their entreaties could not diuert him from his first resolution Whereupon he commanded on a sodaine to discampe so as all his troupes went to Albareda Paul Gradonic the Prouidator and Iohn Paul Manfron remained for the gard of the bridge with eight hundred horse as well men at armes as light horse-men and two thousand foot fearing if the same were broken their army might want victuals but they tarried not long there for they forth-with went on to Villa Franca where they fortified their campe In the meane time Rocandolf Colonel of the Almaine foot the French and Venetian army being retired entred Verona without any empediment and hauing releeued it with victuals and new souldiers in their stead that were hurt returned into Germany wherevpon the Prouidators did againe solicite the Lord of Lautrecto returne to the seege of Verona and not to spend time so vnprofitably But Lautrec comforting them vsed diuers excuses for his slownesse assuring them that the City of Verona should shortly be reduced vnder the Venetians power The Prouidator hauing seriously ruminated these words in his minde beganne to doubt of some treaty which did not appeare and namely because that at the same time as the campe dislodged from before Verona the report was that a messenger came from France to Lautrec who had secret conference with him and entreated him to keepe close his comming Therefore the Prouidators did earnestly entreat Lautrec to discouer vnto them what hee knew thereof to the end they might be no longer enforced to entertaine so great an army which charged the Republike with a merueilous expence the Senate likewise being aduertized by the Prouidators of what had past had the same thoughts at such time as they had newes from their Ambassador in the French Kings Court of that which had passed at Noyon Because that King Francis beeing desirous that the Venetians should haue time to consult of their affaires would forthwith haue them to be acquainted with the treaty of Noyon betwixt him and the Arch-duke Charles to the end that the Commissioners of both Princes comming to Brussels should find all difficulties to be taken away and resolued on The summe of the treaty concluded at Noyon was thus That there should be a perpetuall peace betwixt the French King and the King of Spaine and a confederacy for the defence of their States against all men in the which were comprehended all other Princes friends or allies of either of them That King Francis should giue the Lady Renè daughter to the late King Lewis in marriage to the King of Spaine That the said King should within a certaine time re-deliuer the Kingdome of Nauarre to her antient King That the Emperour might within two monthes enter into that peace and though he should enter into the league the French King might helpe the Venetians to recouer Verona the which if the Emperour would within sixe weekes commit to the King of Spaine with power to giue it freely to the French King to dispose thereof as hee should thinke fit the King should pay vnto him a hundred thousand crownes and the Venetians an other hundred thousand part whereof should bee paied at the consignation thereof and the rest within sixe monthes after and that he should likewise be acquitted of three hundred thousand crownes which he had receiued of King Lewis whilest they were confederates The Venetians doubting whether the Emperour would accept of peace on these conditions did not cease to solicite the Lord of Lautrec to beseege Verona and also in regard of the summe of money they were to pay which they desired rather to recouer by armes But peace was more agreeable to the French King then force being desirous of accord with the Emperour yet neuerthelesse Lautrec not knowing how to excuse himselfe to the Venetians who had made what prouisions soeuer hee craued as also because the Lansequenets did no more refuse to goe to the seege he condescended to their request and went againe and encamped before Verona Now whilest the French on the one side and the Venetians on the other were busied in the battery nine thousand Lansquenets arriued who were sent by the Emperour to releeue it For the Emperor being solicited by the Cardinall of Syon and by the King of England would not harken to a peace so as his commissioners were ready to depart from Bruxels without any conclusion when the Emperour vnderstood that the French King had made a league with all the Swisses by meanes of a great summe of money for then he seemed to be very desirous of peace with the French and Venetians al-be-it that at the arriuall of these nine thousand Lansquenets the campe did rise from before Verona and was retired to Villa-franca The matter then was concluded at Bruxels as well with the King of Spaine as with the Emperor in the manner aboue said the which going slowly on was hastned by King Francis on condition that there should be truce with the Venetians The whole businesse being thus ended the Bishop of Trent was sent to the Lord of Lautrec to consigne the City of Verona in the King of Spaines name to the French King within the space of sixe weekes according to the contents of the Capitulation the which was done on the fifteenth day of Ianuary 1517. after the Venetians had paied the first fifty thousand crownes and fifteene thousand to the foot-men that were in the City wherevpon at the very instant the Lord of Lautrec in the name of
the said King gaue it to the Senate of Venice and for the said Senate to Andre Gritti and Iohn Paul Gradonic the Prouidators to the great contentment of the Nobility and the whole people of Venice who did highly reioyce for that after infinite expences and labors they had made a fortunate end of so long and dangerous a warre But if they reioyced in Venice they did no lesse in Verona and in all the towns round about hoping that by meanes of that peace they should be freed from all those troubles and miseries which they had so long a time endured After all these demonstrations of ioy the Senate acknowledging the Lord of Lautrec for a wise and valliant captaine after they had presented him with great guifts they commanded the Prouidator Gritti to accompany him to Milan But being come as farre as Lodi he found Iohn Iames Triuulce there who came to meet and to bring him from the King the order of Saint Michel Gritti hauing orderly performed his commission tooke his leaue of him and returned according as the Senate had commanded him to the country newly reconquered The end of the third Booke of the fifth Decade The Contents of the fourth Booke of the fifth Decade THe Impositions and taxes laied vpon the people during the warre are in time of peace reuoked The vniuersity of Padua re-established The Senate send two Ambassadors to Selim Emperor of Turkes The great victories obtained by Selim. He granteth the Venetians demands The Venetians send an Ambassade to Charles King of Spaine concerning trafficke Truce prolonged betwixt the Emperour Maximillian and the Venetians The Emperonr Maximillians death The French and Spanish Kings aspire to the Empire Charles King of Spaine is chosen Emperour Soliman by the death of Selim his father obteineth the Empire of the Turkes Lewis King of Hungary hath recourse to the Princes of Christendome The Venetians in league with Soliman The French King distrusteth the new chosen Emperor The Emperor elect seeketh the friendship of the Venetians The comming of Soliman into the Realme of Hungary enforceth King Lewis to implore the Venetians aide who lend him thirty thousand Ducats The Turke taketh Belgrade the chiefe City of Hungary The King of England is chosen vmpire and mediator for the strife betwixt the Emperour and the French King The French King the King of England talke together Why the league that was determined betwixt the Pope the French King and the Venetians was not concluded and signed A secret agreement made betwixt the Pope and the Emperour The Imperialls practizes on the Dutchy of Milan The Pope inuenteth matter of discontent that hee might leaue the French King The secret intelligences that the Pope and Emperour had with the Bandetti of Milan The Venetians refuse to giue passage to the Emperours army thorow their territory In what manner the Venetians did releeue the State of Milan Parma beseeged by the Imperialls and sodainely recouered by the Lord of Lautrec The army of the league passeth the Adda and commeth to Milan The Swisses forsake the French for want of pay Prospero by the aduerticement of a Traytor marcheth directly to Milan The suburbs of Milan and the Roman gate taken by the league The Lord of Lautrec with his Cauallery retireth to Coma. Milan is taken and sackt The Imperialls take Coma with diuers other townes The sodaine death of Pope Leo. Lastly the resolution and preparations of the Lord of Lautrec and the Venetians to beseege Milan The Fourth Booke of the fifth Decade of the Historie of Uenice ARmes being laid a side by the meanes aboue said betwixt the Emperor and the Venetians the Republike was three yeares at peace which began at the entring of the yeare 1517. Wherevpon all the citties of the firme land which were by the last agreement reduced vnder the Venetians gouernment sent their deputies to Venice to reioyce with the Senate for that to their honor armes being laid downe they had recouered al their state and to offer likewise all their meanes and forces to the common-wealth The Senates cheefe care was to discharge the citty of Venice and all other townes and Villages of the firme land from diuers taxes and impositions laid vpon them during the warre by reason of the small meanes of the publike treasury to the end that particular men encreasing their meanes by peace if afterward any need should be they might bee more ready to releeue the publike with their wealth It was decreed like-wise that all those who serued the common wealth in any place whatsoeuer should euer after bee wholy paid their wages which had not bin done during the warre In a word they omitted nothing which they knew to bee commodious or honorable for the Signory They did like-wise re-establish the Vniuersity of Padua which had beene vnfrequented for the space of eight yeares Then because they would no more fall into those inconueniences as they had done for want of prouiding fortifications necessary for their Citties they began to fortifie them and cheefely the two famous citties Padua and Verona the two cheefest of their state on the firme land and for that purpose Andre Gritte and George Cornare were appointed who going to those places should resolue by the aduice and councell of Triuulcio and the other experienced Captaines of the Venetian army on that which was to be done By which meanes diuers places being ruined in time of warre were by them re-established and many others newly built But because the friendship of the Ottomans was very necessary for them as well for the conseruation of peace as for the citties trafficke they decreed to send two Ambassadors to Selim Emperor of Turkes Lodouico Monce◅igo and Bartholomeo Contaren were chosen for that purpose to goe and congratulate him in the name of the Republike for all the goodly victories that hee had obtayned For Selim in an incounter hauing vanquished his brother Achomat and put him publikely to death did like-wise ouer-come the Adulians who are a very valiant people of the mountaines then going into Persia against the Sophi hee defeated him in set battaille and tooke the citty of Tauris the cheefe seate of that Empire with the greatest part of Persia the which he was enforced to abandon for want of victuallls because that yeare had beene very scarce Returning aftetwards to Constantinople hauing refreshed and re-enforced his army hee turned his forces vpon the Soldan of Suria and Aegypt who was a Prince alwaies highly esteemed by those of that Religion and like-wise very potent as well for the extent of his dominions as for the eperience and military discipline of the Mamalukes for by their armes they had possessed the same Empire with great reputatiō for the space of 300. yeares Selim then being come with his army against this kinde of people defeated them soundry times in field so as the Soldan was slaine and an other Soldan his successor was taken in
other In the meane time after Pope Leos death Pope Adrian Cardinall Bishop of Bertheusa and a Dutchman by Nation who had beene Schoole-maister to the Emperor Charles and by his meanes made a Cardinall by Pope Leo was at the time of his Election in Spaine and hauing receiued newes thereof would be called Adrian the sixt taking none other name vpon him then his owne did embarke himselfe and came to Nice and from thence went to Rome whither all the Prelates speedily came and all Princes sent their Ambassadors to present their accustomed obedience wherein because the Venetians among others would not faile they deputed sixe of the chiefe of the Citty namely Marco Dandulo Lodouico Mocenigo Vincentio Capel Antonio Iustiniano Petro Pesare and Marco Foscare who being come to Bolognia and vnderstanding that the plague was very great in Rome they remained there for certaine dayes but beeing aduertized that the Pope was enforced to leaue the Citty and to retire else-where they returned to Venice The new Pope was noted to bee of a generous disposition and very much addicted to quiet beeing very zealous for the common good of Christendom For so soone as hee was installed in the supreame dignity his greatest care was to vse meanes to vnite all Christian Princes together and to end all their controuersies writing briefs to them all for that purpose with great affection causing his Nuncios to present Monitories to those Princes with whom they resided threatning to excommunicate them if within three moneths they did not agree together or make a generall truce in which meane space all their strifes might be composed and ended He did likewise write particularly to the Venetians entreating and exhorting them not onely to hearken vnto peace but to procure all other Christian Princes to vnite themselues together and to oppose themselues against the greatnesse of the Ottoman Empire But perceiuing the execution of this enterprise to bee very difficult hee was desirous in the meane time to conclude a league betwixt himselfe the Emperor the Venetians the Duke of Milan and the Florentines for the defence and quiet of Italy The Senate did at the first entertaine his proposition with great affection esteeming it to bee very good and profitable but hauing considered in what maner the Pope did practise it how that the end was to haue them to take armes against the Turke they would not enter too farre into it nor incurre the displeasure of so mighty a Monarke wherein wholy to satisfie him they on a sodaine sent the aboue-named Ambassadors that were appointed to present their obedience to him the plague beeing ceased in Rome who beeing arriued were honorably receiued and enterteined by his Holynesse who promised them to deale in such sort as they should be fully satisfied The treaty of agreement in the meane time with the Emperor was not interrupted for all these goings and commings the Senate hauing appointed three of their number namely Ledouico Mocenigo Georgio Cornare and Marc-Antonio Veniere to conferre with Ieronimo Adorni the Emperors Commissioner that they might determine of it afterwards vpon their report in the Councell of the Pregays and make some resolution therevpon This conference beeing ended and the whole businesse beeing sent back to the Councell to bee debated their opinions were very different some saying that it was best to continue their alliance with the French King and others to make a new one with the Emperor the two chiefe of these contrary opinions were Andrè Gritti and Georgio Cornare The first beeing highly esteemed for the great offices which hee had borne and for his great authority in the common-wealth spake first with great vehemencie in the behalfe of the French King The other beeing of like authority and accounted as wise a man as any in the Councell spake to the contrary and said that the Dutchy of Milan did by right appertaine to Francis Sforza and that therefore by consequent they were to make alliance with the Emperor Both of them by their great and apparent reasons did rather possesse the Senators mindes with doubts then with any certaine resolution so that the Senate delayed the determination thereof as much as they could their vsuall manner inducing them therevnto which was not to doe any thing rashly the importance of the matter and their desire to see more preparations of the French Kings who prouiding for warre had sent the Bishop of Bayeux to entreate them to put off their determination for a moneth longer assuring them that before that time were expired hee would come downe with a greater army then had euer beene seene in Italy in the memory of man But because the King did dayly send new messengers to the Senate with very great offers and for that they were aduertized that Anna of Montmorency and Frederick de Bozzolo were comming to Venice for the same cause The Emperor and the King of Englands Ambassadors who did very much suspect those delayes did protest in open Senate that within three dayes next they would depart thence leauing all matters imperfected In regarde whereof the Senate being enforced to end that businesse and the trust which they reposed in the French Kings promises beginning to faile by reason that hee had for diuers monethes fed them with vaine hope and especially because their Ambassador with the same King did assure them of the contrary they resolued to embrace the Emperors frendship with whom they made agreement on these conditions That there should be a perpetuall peace and confederacy betwixt the Emperor Ferdinand Archduke of Austria and Francis Sforza Duke of Milan on the one side and the Senate of Venice on the other That the Senate should send when need should bee for the defence of the Dutchy of Milan sixe hundred men at armes sixe hundred light horse and sixe thousand foot That it should doe the like for the defence of the kingdome of Naples if any Christians should enuade it the Venetians beeing vnwilling to oblige themselues against the Turke because they would not incense Soliman against them That the Emperor should bee bound to defend against all men with like number of Souldiors whatsoeuer the Venetians possessed in Italy That the Venetians should in eight yeares pay to the Archduke the summe of two hundred thousand Ducats in regarde of their antient strifes and for the agreement made at Wormes That the Venetians should possesse their Citties townes and places of their demaines with the same preheminence and iurisdiction as they then enioyed them That all those who had beene bannished by the Senate and their goods confiscate for taking the Emperours part should returne into their owne Countrey bee restored againe to their goods and should during their life haue a yeerely pension of fiue thousand Ducats These things beeing thus concluded the Kings of Poland Hungary and Portugall as friends to both parties the Duke of Sauoy likewise the Florentines the family of Medicis
and to lay in deposito in the hand of a third person not suspected whatsoeuer did yet hold out in the Dutchy of Milan for the Emperor and Duke Hee gaue notice thereof to the Viceroy by Paul Vettori Captaine of his Galleys as also how he could not stop the Duke of Albanies passage but that it behooued him to bee assured of him by new conuentions hee likewise sent him diuerse other articles which hee hoped to insert in the peace These propositions caused the Imperialls to suspect that the Pope had agreed with the French King as in effect hee had done for perceiuing themselues enforced at one time with great want of money to maintaine the warre in Lombardie and to haue an eye to the kingdome of Naples they could neuer bee ayded eyther by the Pope or the Florentines and were besides very well assured that the Venetians would forsake them who entertaining the Imperiall Captaines with hope that they would obserue the league did deferre the execution thereof with sundry excuses so as the Viceroy was euen at the point to returne with his Army into the Realme of Naples for the safety thereof But in the Councell held for that purpose the opinion of the Marquis of Pescara did wholy prâ—…uaile who shewing himselfe no lesse couragious then discreet sayd That it was most necessary to continue the warre of Lumbardy and that on the victory thereof all other matters did depend The Emperor at the same time according to his alliance made with the King of England did so handle the matter that the said king should the yeare following come to Calais with a mighty army to make war on France who to that end sent a Knight to the Emperors Campe which caused the Imperials to hold out more boldly as being assured that the Christian King assailed in his own Realme would be enforced to raise his camp to hast thither for the defence thereof the agreement made betwixt the Pope himself the Venetians being not as yet diuulged The newes then of the King of Englands great warlike preparations for his comming downe into France beeing blazed abroad caused the Venetians not to hasten the publication of the agreement fearing least the King vpon that report might bee enforced to lead his forces else where But the successe of the enterprise of Lombardy and of all other deseignes depended at the last on the siege of Pauia which held out longer then all men expected the which the Pope and the Venetians did very much distaste not altogether so much for the length thereof as fearing least the French Captaines impatient of so long stay should perswade the King to goe and charge the enemies and by that meanes commit to the hazard of fortune not oney his Armie but likewise their states and the liberty of Italy which hauing none other meanes to withstand the Imperialls if they should become victorious would prooue their prey In the meane time the siege of Pauia still continued notwithstanding that for want of munition the battery did in some sort cease which was forth-with remedied by the Duke of Ferrara who caused great store to bee brought to the Campe thorow the Paâ—…mesan and Placentine tenitorics by the carriages and beasts of husbandmen But the Imperiall forces beeing augmented by the succours which were newly arriued and the Viceroy hauing notice of the decay of the Kings Armie by reason of the long winter that they had continued in field as also that the King had diuiden his Army namely those whom the Duke of Albany led and fiue thousand men that the Marquis of Saluces had with him at Sauona and the places neerc 〈◊〉 besides great numbers of others who remained as well at Milan as in other places for the safety of Victuals determined till the Duke of Bourbon with the Lansquenets should arriue to marche into the field for the reliefe of 〈◊〉 But the Duke of Bourbon arriued in the meane time with fiue hundred Bourgonian men at armes and six thousand Lansquenets whom the Archduke paide wherevpon pursuing their iourney not determining to giue the King battaile vnlesse it were vpon great aduantage but onely to trye if they could put fresh succours and victuals into the Citty they came and lodged without the Parke on the side of the Chartreuse with in Cannon shot of the Kings Campe who beeing perswaded by all his followers to discampe and to retire either to Binasca or to Milan and that therby without bloud or danger hee might forthwith obtaine the victory because that the enemies Army beeing without money could not long hold out but would bee enforced to dissolue it self or to be scartered vp and down heere and there about the countrey Hee would not for all that giue ouer the fiege of Pauia thinking that it would highly shame and disgrace him if that Army wherein hee was in person should see me to be afraide and giue place at the enemies comming The Imperialls then hauing made two squadrons of horse and foure of foot they came thorow she Parke wall of which they had beaten downe three score â—…athom some of them directly to Mirabel the residue to the kings camp where after â—… so 〈◊〉 fight oâ—…â—…ither side the king being with great numbers of meÌ„ at armes in the midst of the battaile fighting valiantâ—…y his horse was slaine vnder him and falling to the ground being 〈◊〉 in the face and in the hand was taken by fiue soldiore 〈◊〉 knew him not but the Viceroy 〈◊〉 hee made himselfe knowne to him who with great reuerence kissed his hands and receiued him prisoner for the Emperor All the French Army was forthwith put to rout the greatest part of the 〈◊〉 were disarmed the rereward of 〈◊〉 excepted conducted by the duke of Alançon This so great famous a victory obteined by the Imperials ouer the French did greatly afflict the Venetians with care fore-seeing the great burthen they were to vndergoe the counterpoize of the French forces failing them and all the other Princes of Italy beeing too weake to make resistance and were greatly affrighted with that successe they alone beeing to defend the liberty of Italy against such a mighty enemy growne great in strength and reputation beeing yet doubtfull whether hee would conteine himselfe within the limits of the Dutchy of Milan or else beeing puffed vp with that fortunate successe passe on farther and follow the course of his victory Their whole forces were but a thousand men at armes sixe hundred light horse and tenne thousand foot and resoluing to leuy more they exhorted all the other potentats of Italy to do the like according to their strength and means but they cheefely laboured to vnite themselues with the Pope supposing that all other Italian Princes would depend on his authority vnto whom after they had declared all the eminent dangers that threatened them and that he had attentiuely heard them they would not for
deliuery yet neuerthelesse shee entreated the Signory to assist her in so iust a cause and so profitable for them and all Italy by ioyning themselues with the Lords of France to enforme the Emperor Charles to set the King her sonne at liberty vpon honorable conditions The Senate vpon these entreaties did manifest their great griefe for the Kings disastrous fortune with that of the kingdome declaring the great affection which it did beare to the crowne of France and for that present made none other answer but this That because the businesse was of great importance it deserued to haue the Councell assembled to determine thereof But during these practises the Pope who had sent the Archbishop of Capua into Spaine to make an agreement with the Emperor did raâ—…ifie the accord concluded and determined before with the Viceroy by which the Venetians were excluded from it if within twenty dayes after the signifying thereof they did not ratifie it by meanes whereof the Senate was enforced to renew their treaties with the Emperours Ambassadors and to send in regarde of the difficulties of importance which were offered Petro Pesare to Milan to treate with the Viceroy The French in the meane time did not giue ouer their former pursutes beeing not yet out of hope to ioyne the Venetians to themselues albeit the Popes authoritie might then haue drawne them to a contrary resolution wherevpon the Bishop of Bayeux and Ambrose of Florence came to Venice to make in the name of the said Lady Regent and in that of the whole Kingdome more certaine and resolute propositions then at the former time concerning the league and the Kings freedome For this cause as also for that apparent signes were dayly discouered of the Emperours great ambition by reason of the deseignes of his Officers and Agents which tended onely to make him absolute Lord of the State of Milan and of all Italy these French Ambassadors were attentiuely heard in the Senate and their cause consulted on The Marquis of Pescara at the same time entring Milan with three thousand foote two hundred men at armes and with great numbers of light horse required the Duke to deliuer into his hands the Castle of Milan with that of Cremona speaking plainely That hee was come to take possession of the Cittie of Milan beeing sent thither by the Emperour for the same purpose in whose name all Proclamations and other Mandates were already published and although the Pope sought to procure the Emperour to accomplish the Articles of the confederacie by consigning the State of Milan into the hands of Duke Francis Sforza all his pursutes were in vaine for delaying the matter from day to day hee made now one excuse and then an other imputing to the Duke diuerse faults committed by him and among others That hee had treated with the Venetians to deliuer the Castle of Milan vnto them a matter which was neuer thought of by eyther of them These things with diuerse others did greatly with-draw the Venetians affection from the Emperour and caused them to giue no more credit to all his promises nor the Pope likewise who speedily to preuent those perills which threatned them dayly resolued to ioyne in league in regarde there was some difficulty and more trouble and â—…ediousnesse to call the French into it The Pope then renouncing the accord formerly made with the Emperour contracted a new one aswell in his owne name as in the Florentines for the which hee strengthened himselfe with the Duke and Senate of Venice in which agreement it was mentioned that they should ioyne together to preuent those dangers which the experience of things past had taught them might happen and so assure the peace and quiet of Italy and their owne states in perticular each of them taking vppon them the protection of one anothers states and persons running altogether one selfe-same fortune not beeâ—… gâ—…wfull for eyther of them to treate with any other Prince to the preâ—… of that accord and to succour one an other with foure thousand foote-men foure hundred men at armes three hundred light horse and with greâ—…er numbers if 〈◊〉 were And it was more-ouer added therevnto that the Venetians should bee bound to defend and maintaine the greatnesse and power of the house of Medicis to stoppe and preuent all tumult and commotions which any sâ—…ditious mutins should practise against it and to 〈◊〉 and assist him who soeâ—… hee were that the Pope should place aâ—… cheefe Gouernâ—… in the Citty of Florence These things beeing thus concluded and sworne to the Pope the better to begin for his part to prepare that which was concluded on commanded the Marquis of Mantua to visit the Parmesan with his men at armes taking order besides to hasten the Grisons and Suisse footmen where they had begun to leuy but very slowly The Venetians on the other side determined to encrease their Armie to the number of ten thousand foote to make a leuy in Greece of other three hundred light horse and generally to prouide for all matters belonging to their safety And that which did greatly incite them therevnto was the curtezie which the King of England vsed towards the French who beeing iealous of the Emperors power and greatnesse fearing that if hee should grow too mighty hee might afterwards chance to tread him vnder foote conuerted his ill will towards the King into friendship so as he treated with the Lady Regent and the Councell of France promising them all ayde and succour possible as well of men as money to set the King at liberty and to free Italy from all oppression This treaty beeing passed betwixt the Pope and the Venetians gaue hope that they should bee vnited with the Realme of France but they proceeded therein after an vnusuall manner because that the Pope supposing that by the confederacie which hee had already made hee had time enough to preuent dangers and to bee able in the meane time to obtaine more reasonable conditions of the Emperor hee proceeded very slowly in his agreement with the French and cheefely since the Duke of Sessas comming to Rome who was sent from the Emperor to his Holynesse to signifie vnto him the great desire hee had to peace and to restore Francis Sforza vnto the Dutchy of Milan beeing found innocent of those crimes imposed vpon him or if hee were guilty to inuest his brother Maximillian in it But the Venetians not relying on his promises made earnest sute to agree with the French meaning not to trust to his offers which onely tended to breake the league and to delay the prouisions of warre they likewise fearing least the French should enter into league with the Emperour as they were desirous to doe for the recouery of their King and all their practises should by that meanes prooue vaine That hapned which they had foreseene in the beginning of the yeare 1526. when the newes yet vnhoped for arriued at Venice
of the attonement betwixt the Emperor and the most Christian King by which the King was not onely set at liberty but likewise a firme peace established betwixt them by meanes of the Kings mariage with the Lady Eleonor the Emperors sister that of the Emperor with the sister to the King of Portugall and that the Duke of Bourbon should haue the Dutchy of Milan and should marry the Lady René sister in law to the King This was that which they had euer most feared but this doubt was for that time cleered the Lady Regent hauing sent ample power and commission to Albert de Carpi her Ambassador at Rome to conclude the league the which did trouble the Pope and the Venetians But it lasted not long by reason of a common rumor that was spred abroad that King Francis would neuer performe to the Emperor that which hee had beene enforced to consent to and that which made it credible was for that it was reported that after his departure from Spaine hee was much discontented with his entertainment in the time of his imprisonment and especially because that to free himselfe from thence hee had signed a very disaduantageous contract by the which he quitted the Dutchie of Bourgondy to the Emperor Now that they might truly know what his intent was the Senate determined albeit they had decreed to send two of the cheefe of the Citty in Ambassage to him to condole with him for his fortunes past and also to reioice for his deliuery and manage not to spend so much time as an Ambassage would require but they soâ—…nly sent into France Andre Ressi Secretary to the Preguays where with more speed and lesse suspition might negociate a businesse of so great importance and the Pope following their example sent Paulo Vettori thither for the same purpose These men needed not greatly to labour to bee assured of his meaning For after hee had louingly enterteined them in the first discourse that hee held with either of them apart hee did greatly complaine of the Emperors inhumanity towards him whilest hee was prisoner not vsing him as beseemed so great a Prince as hee was assuring them that hee was no lesse free then ready to moderate the Emperors insolency wherevpon the Kings conclusion was that if the Pope and Venetians would send Commissioners the league should bee presently made the which they said was best to bee done in France to the end the King of England might the more easily bee drawne into it whom they hoped would prooue a party Hee sayd likewise that hee would ratifie whatsoeuer had beene begunne and for the most part concluded on by the Lady Regent his Mother and the Councell of the Kingdome they were then onely to bring ample authority from their Princes to contract because that then hee would shew them how conformable his affection and good will was towards the common safety That hee did hope to finde in the King of England the same intent and like desire to abate the Emperours greatnesse and to prouide for the defence of Italy That hee would out of hand send his Ambassadors to him and that if the Italian Princes would doe the like it would greatly helpe and further the cause That with the forces of so many Potentates ioyned together they might more easily resist the deseignes of the Imperialls So soone as the Venetians vnderstood this answer so conformable to their desire they sent instructions and ample Commission to Rossi to conclude the league the Articles whereof beeing before determined were easily passed some few things beeing altered Gasparo Spineli the Secretary was likewise commanded who at the same time was Agent for the Signory with the King of England to vse meanes to induce that King to enter into that league by declaring vnto him the great opinion which all men had conceiued of him and the great account which was made of his authority and that they onely craued him to bee Protector of that accord and defender of the liberty of Italy But the Pope proceeded very slowly therein so as they were enforced oftentimes to vrge him to it wherevpon the Ambassador of the Common-wealth resident at Rome shewed him dayly the goodly occasion which presented it selfe for the procuring of their common safety in that the French King was desirous to reuenge the wrongs which hee said hee had receiued of the Emperor and that if the same desire should grow colde and they two chance to agree together by the Kings obseruing the treatye of Madrid there was no more hope of defending Italy from the cruell and slauish yoake of the Spaniards The Pope beeing mooued by these remonstrances resolued to send Caponi into France in whom hee reposed great trust with instructions and speciall power to conclude that league albeit that at the same time Don Hugo de Moncado comming to Rome from the Emperour did treate to the contrary and had in the same manner almost negociated by letters with the Senate of Venice to whom so soone as hee was come to Milan hee gaue notice of his arriuall into Italy and of the cause why the Emperour had sent him But the Pope and Venetians answered all his requests in one forme That when soeuer the Emperour should seeme desirous of peace hee should finde them disposed therevnto but that hee was to shew it in deeds to which they would giue more credit then to words that hee should doe well to raise his siege from before the Castle of Milan to restore Francis Sforza to his state and to accomplish whatsoeuer hee was tyed vnto by the Articles of the Confederacie and that then it would bee a fit time to talke of laying downe armes and of setling peace and quiet in Italy but his answer heere-vnto was in generall tei mes whereby they plainly perceiued that this speech of peace tended to none other end but to delay with vaine hope the prouisions for warre and by those cunnings to estrange the French from the Princes of Italy They had almost obtained their desire the French beeing not so greatly affectionate to the league as they were at the beginning either because the King was not well assured of the Pope and Venetians mindes by reason of their practises with Don Hugo de Moncado albeit they were communicated to him or as some thought that hee would but make vse of the name of the league onely to make the agreement more easie and to redeeme his children whom hee had giuen in hostage to the Emperor and that insteed of Bourgondy hee should take some other recompence namely for that the Bishop of Bayeux his Ambassador at Venice sent thither for that purpose was a whole moneth without receiuing any letters from the King either for the conclusion of the league or for the execution of that which had beene agreed vpon wherevpon the Pope and the Venetians resolued to send againe into France and with new offers to end
the businesse of the league to the which at last the King after that hee had intelligence that the Emperor would alter none of the Articles of the Capitulations made at Madrid began more to incline and vpon the tenth day or May 1526. it was concluded at Coignac betwixt those of the Councell and the Kings Procurators on the one siâ—…e and the Agents of the Pope and the Venetians on the other The chiefe points of which were That betwixt the Pope the French King the Venetians and the Duke of Milan for whom the Pope and the Venetians promised the ratification there should bee a perpetuall league and confederacy to the end that Francis Sforza might freely enioy the Dâ—…tehy of Miâ—…an and the children of France be set at liberty by receiuing an honorable ransome which the King of England should appoint with other particular obligations concerning the preparations of the warre concluded with the Councell of the Realme before the Kings deliuery In this manner then was the league concluded but it was not presently published because they tarried for the King of Englands resolution whom they desired should bee named one of the cheefe Contractants Therefore the Confederate Princes resolued to send an expresâ—…e message into England to solicite him forth with to declare himselfe against the Emperour in the behalfe of the league Iohn Baptista Sangua a man of singular wisedome went thither from the Pope Iohn lâ—…q iâ—… from the French King and Marc Antonio Veniero for the Venetians But the King of England albeit hee seemed to bee deâ—…ous to listen to that agreement as beeing distasted of the Emperor resolued neâ—… helesse not to make any publick demonstration thereof vntill hee had first of all requested the Emperour Charles to gratifie the Confederates so much as to set the children of the most Christian King at liberty and reâ—…der the state of Milan to Francis Sforza and for want of so dooing to protest against him and to denounce warre in the name of all the confederates Now because it would haue beene too long to haue proceeded after this manner by reason of the difficulties which might haue beene made such as it was it was published with great â—…olemnity they thinking themselues strong enough to abate the Imperiall pride There was at the same time in the Venetians army tenne thousand foot nine hundred men at armes and eight hundred light horse and they daily expected great nombers of Suisses paid partly by the Pope and the Venetians and partly by the French King at whose arriuall they resolued to march to the releefe of the Castle of Milan and to trie if they could take the Citty The Marquis of Salusses on the other side with the French men at armes and tenne thousand foot waged at the common charge of the league was â—…o enter the Dutchy of Milan and to assaile Nâ—…ara and Alexandria whilst in an other place order should be taken for anauall Army The Venetians commanded their Generall and Petro Pesare their Prouidator to goe and encampe speedily at Chiari vpon the Bressan terrritory which was the rendezuous of all their troopes and those of the Pope commanded by Francisco Guicciardin came vpon the Parmesan to the end they might ioyne together and then maâ—…h whether it should be thought fittest for the seruice of the league In the meane time Malateste Baillone with a band of the Venetian troopes marched to Lauda where he had intelligence with Lodouico Visturlin a gentleman of the same Citty and albeit there lay within it fifteene hundred footmen in Garrison he did neuerthelesse with ease seaze on it and became master therof and kept it in the name of Francis Sforza After the taking heereof the whole Venetian army passed the Po and within two dayes after ioyned it selfe with the Popes and all of them together marched directly towards Milan the Duke of Vâ—…bin beeing in great hope to take the Citty because it had beene told him that vpon their arriuall the People would life and take armes in their behalfe and that the Imperialls Captaines â—…ring it had already sent their riches and bagage forth of the Citty meaning forth-with to abandon it And vpon this hope of the people rising and of the enemies disorder Lodouico Earle of Belgie requested the Duke of Vrbin to giue him two thousand footmen with whom he offered to releeue the Castle of Milan Now the Confederates Army beeing come very neere to the Citty was lodged at the Monastery of Paradis towards the Roman gate intending to assaile that surburbe supposing to take it and to lodge there And albeit the enemies made many sallies and hotte skirmishes they were still notwithstanding beaten back by those of the league But the night before the day that the Army should set forward the Duke of Bourbon who not long before was come to Genoa with six Gallies and bills of Exchange for an hundred thousand Ducats entred Milan with eight hundred Spanish foote that he had brought with him He was very much sollicited thereunto by the Marquis of Guasto and Antonio de Leua The Duke of Vrbin at these newes dispayring to take the Citty by assault and fearing some greater disorder if he should tarry any longer there raised his campe and retired in good order vnto Marignan without any losse or empeachment at all The Senate who had conceiued great hope by reason of the armies approach neere Milan that the Castle would be releeued which was reduced to extreame want did greatly wonder and was sorry when it vnderstood by the Prouidators letters that they had raised their campe so that the Duke of Vrbin sent Lodouico Gonsaga to Venice to instiâ—… his actions who being brought into the Senate yeelded a particular account of what had passed and of the occasions which mooued him to proceed in that manner wherewith the Senate was well satisfied but the Pope was nor so easily appeased complaining very much not only of this retreat but likewise of the whole course of the Duke of Vrbins actions who did not vouchsafe in any â—…ort to communicate the affaires of greatest importance to his Lieâ—…enants the which had greatly mooued him so as for to please him the Senate commanded the Duke of Vrbin euer after to communicate with Guiccardin all matters of importance which should be handled in the army On the other side they prepared the nauall army to assaile the sea-townes belonging to the Emperor and to those ends the Venetians hauing appointed Lodouico Armiero for their Prouidator sent him to Corfou wher Iohn Mora the other Prouidator was with the army of which Armiero had commandent to take 12. Gallies and with them to saile towards Rome to ioyne with those of the Pope and the most Christian King that all of them together might direct there course according as they should iudge it to bee necessary and proffitable for the confederates Diuers propositions were made concerning those
places whither the nauall army was to goe The Pope desired to haue it goe into Puglia to breake the deseigns of the Colonesie and to diuert their forces from those places who hauing at Saint Germans aboue seauen thousand foote and great numbers of horse had made them-selues fearefull to the Pope but the French King and the Venetians thought the enterprize of Genoa to be much more proffitable for the Confederates as well for the Commodiousnesse of the same citty for diuers other enterprizes as for the great good happe of that exploit which falling out fortunately would much encrease the reputation of the League Pedro of Nauarre was declaired Generall of the Confederates Nauall army a man well experienced in Martiall affaires who although hee was presented by the French King was neuer-the-lesse entertayned by all the associates together But the Churches Gallies and those of the Venetians being ready they were a long time tarrying for those of the French King and the Generall a matter which did greatly weary the Pope and Senate and gaue them iust cause of discontent and to suspect that the French King had changed his mind by thinking on his owne particular interest and not caring for that of the league adding to this suspition other presumptions That small store of mony had beene sent to the Swisses in comparrison of the fourty thousand Ducats which hee was tyed to giue for the payment of tenne thousand foot of that nation and that hee had not begun to warre on the Emperor in the parts beyond the mounts according to the conclusion The King alledged for his excuses that before hee was to renew that warre it behoued him to denounce it to the Emperor although there was no such mention made in the articles of the confederacy And as concerning the delay of his army and payment of the Swisses hee layd all the fault vpon the Captaines and Officers as the Lord of Langi gaue them to vnderstand at large For the most Christian King fearing least the Confederates beeing distasted of him should disioyntly agree with the Emperor he dispatched the said Lord of Langi into Italy for to excuse the long stay of his army with commission to goe first into Swisserland to solicite their leuy and departure or at least-wise to giue them to vnderstand that hee did procure and desire it The Lord of Langi beeing come to Venice made the aboue mentioned excuses assuring the Senators that the King was much disposed to warres and that besides the Gallies hee prepared great shippes of warre in Brettaine to saill with a mighty army to ouer-throw at sea all the enemies attempts and deseignes From thence hee went to Rome where hee executed the same commission and as for the Swisses hee said that they had promised to hold a general assembly where all things should be resolued on in the Kings behalfe and aboue all things he assured the Pope and the Venetians that the King would not enter into any accord vnlesse mention were made of a generall peace and by the consent of all the other confederates The king made like promise to Iohn Baptista Saâ—…ga the Roman whom the Pope had sent as hath been said to the King of England who by the way remained certaine dayes for the same purpose in the French court The Senate making shew that his arriuall was most pleasing to them and that they did wholy giue credit to his saying answered that it had neuer doubted of the Kings good will and affection towards the league and perticularly towards their common-wealth and therefore it promised that not only in that businesse which concerned the common good but likewise in all other and at all times their loue and forces should be inseperably ioyned to his but as concerning peace they had neuer refused it that on the contrary they had neuer taken armes but with an intent to procure a firme and assured peace and therefore if they might haue it to the honor of the league and safety of the confederates it should alway be most acceptable to them yet neuerthelesse knowing that they might at that time rather desire such a peace then hope for it they would incite the King to a greater willingnesse to warre wherevpon the Pope and the Venetians gaue him to vnderstand that if they should conquer the Kingdome of Naples it should be for one of his children the Common wealth retaining only such a portion as should be thought sufficient for the recompence of their costes labour and trauell Vpon this hope the King promised three hundred lances more with a surplusage of twenty thousand Ducats euery moneth for the seruice of the league whensoeuer they should make any enterprise vpon the Kingdome of Naples During these treaties Armiero the Prouidator being departed from Corfou with thirteene Galleis came to Terracina where finding Andrew Doria with eleuen of the Popes Gallies they went altogether to Ciuitauechia then from thence to Liuorne where they met with Pedro of Nauarre with foure Gallions and sixteene light Gallies of the French King It being then there determined to beseege Genoa and to reduce it to the Kings deuotion for the great profit and commodity of the confederates the Army went first to Protouenere which soone yeelded with Spetia and all the other towns vpon the riuer euen to Monega Then the army being deuided Doria and the Venetian Prouidator went to Portofin twenty miles from Genoa and Nauarre with the French Army sailed towards Sauona which forthwith yeeleed to him The first and cheefe deseigne of the Captaines of the league was to stoppe victualls from entring by Sea into Genoa whereof they knew it was badly prouided and that by keeping it short they hoped quickly to reduce it vnder their obedience and for that purpose they placed six Gallies in Gard two of euery prince which tooke certaine shippes with other smaller vessells loden with victualls that were going to the Citty so that it soone felt great want and discommodity But the beseeged were secretly releeued by those of the riuer who furnished them with part of the victualls which vpon sondry pretences were suffered to bee carried to the neighbor townes albeit it was not done without some complaint against Doria who either for some secret enuy that he bare to Nauarre for that vnder his authority and command his contrey should be vanquished and taken or for any other deseigne of his owne was suspected not to haue carried himselfe faithfully as he ought to haue done nor after such a manner as was requisite for the speedy ending of that businesse The Genouois for the assurance of their Citty had with great speed placed at the moâ—…th of the hauen certaine great ships loden with Artillery besides which were six light Gallies commanded by Gobba Iustinian who comming foorth at times to skirmish with the enemie would not goe farther then within Cannonshoâ—…te of the shippes placed at the mouth of
the euent thereof hearing that the enemies had entred did forth-with flie with diuers Cardinals and other Prelats to the castle Saint Angelo The Lords Rance de Cera and Langey hauing laboured in vaine to mooue the people to take armes for their owne defense and had sought valiantly with those few forces they could gather together and with them a long time kept the castle bridge were at last enforced to retire The City beeing thus abandoned and all the people in confusion and flight the enemies on all sides entredit and became Masters thereof without any difficulty Philippin Doria and Count Guy so soone as they perceiued the Duke of Bourbon to march towards Rome did on a sodaine without wayting for any other commandement set forwards to rescue the Pope with the forces of Ciuitauecchia and Oruietta but the Duke of Bourbon by his speed hauing preuented them and shut vp all the passages by which they were to follow him did enforce them to returne from whence they came Now the Duke of Vrbin hauing set forward to follow the enemies but very slowly by reason of the hindrances of his campe did at last with the whole army come as farre as Viterbo who finding all the country to be spoiled by the enemies hee was enforced by want of victuals to tarry there his army beeing by sundry accidents much diminished hauing in all but seuen thousand men in stead of thirty thousand appointed by the confederates The army lodging in that place the light horse and foot-men did oftentimes scoure the whole Country where meeting with the Imperiall souldiers that were laden with great spoile and disbanded comming from Rome they striped them of all they had Besides that at the taking of the City all manner of crueltie was vsed euery where infinite complaints were heard of those who were inhumanely tormented partly to enforce them to pay their ransom and partly to bewray the wealth that they had hidden The cries and pittifull lamentations were heard of Roman dames and Nunnes who the souldiers lead away in troupes to satisfie their Luxury All holy things the Sacraments and Relikes of Saints where-with the Churches were stored being despoiled of their ornaments were euery where trodden vnder foot wherevnto were added infinite vilanies of the barbarous Lansequenets The sacke and pillage lasted many monthes which according to the common report as well in ready money gold siluer and iewels amounted to more then a Million of Ducats and the ransomes that were paied did rise to a farre greater summe The end of the sixth Booke of the fifth Decade The Contents of the seuenth Booke of the fifth Decade THE Venetians sorrow and greefe for the taking of Rome and the Pope by the Imperialls The Cardinalls meete at Bolognia to treate of the Popes deliuerance The Venetians warlike preparations by Land and Sea to free the Pope from his imprisonment The Venetians seaze on Rauennato keepe it for the Holy Sea The Duke of Vrbin taketh Perugia to the same end The Duke of Vrbins resolution for the Popes deliuery The French King maketh great warlike prouisions to send into Italy Andre Doria in the seruice of the French King The army of the Confederats remaineth on the Confines of the Siennois The Popes agreement to come forth of prison The Venetians resolution vpon that agreement The Lord of Lautrec commeth into the state of Milan with great forces Bosco and Alexandria taken by him Pauia is taken and sackt by the French Genoa is reduced vnder the French Kings obedience The Turke being assailed by Marcello had soone after his reuenge The Lord Lautrec marcheth towards Rome The demands propounded by the French King in the motion of peace The Agreement whereby the Duke of Ferrara and the Marquis of Mantua enter into the league The entire enlargement of the Popes person The Venetians send an Ambassad to the Pope inuiting him to enter into the league The like Ambassade of the most Christian King to the same effect The Popes excuses not to enter into any new confederacy The Lord Lautrecs iourny into the Kingdome of Naples The Popes demand to the Venetians with their answer The Imperialls refuse to fight The Lord Lautrec encampeth before Naples The Duke of Brunswich commeth with great forces into Lombardy The Venetians preparations against the Duke of Brunswich He returneth into Germany The Imperialls are put to rout at Sea The arriuall of the Generall of the Venetian Army before Naples with the discommodities which it there endured Andre Doria reuolteth from the Kings seruice The Pope resolueth to remaine neuter The great wants of the Army before Naples And lastly the Lord Lautrecs Death The Seuenth Booke of the fifth Decade of the Historie of Uenice THE accident at Rome being knowne at Venice together with the Popes imprisonment did greatly afflict the Senate with griefe and compassion and with a disdaine for the wrong offered to the person of the holy Father wherevpon they not intending to suffer any longer the Emperors fortune to encrease to their owne perill determined to releeue the Pope with all their forces and therein to spare for no cost which caused them to write to the Duke of Vrbin their Generall and to Pisani and Vitturi the Prouidators to lay by all other deseignes and attempt onely if it were possible to free the Pope from his imprisonment and the better to effect it to come neere to the Castle wherein hee was shutte vp to seeke by all meanes to draw him thence and because no other matter might hinder this enterprize they forth-with made a new leuy of foote to encrease their forces to the number of ten thousand foot which lay on the confines of Crema and Lauda to resist Antonio de Leua who being come forth into the field and finding no opposition was likely euery day to grow more strong by the aid which he expected forth of Germany The Venetians were incited therevnto by the great preparations of the Kings of England and France who hauing notice of the great inhumanity vsed towards his Holinesse and the scandall giuen to the Church of Christendome by detayning the head thereof in prison determining to remedy it resolued betwixt themselues at their owne charges to send an army into Italy to free the Pope and to put him in possession of all the Churches lands and another mighty one into Flanders by assayling that country to enforce the Emperor to abandon Italy for the defence thereof These two Kings were very earnest in this businesse wherevpon the Cardinall of Yorke who could doe more then all men with the King of England came for the same purpose to Amiens to the French king to procure an enteruiew of those two kings to the end they might consult together more considerately concerning the Popes deliuery The most Christian King seemed to be no lesse willing therein who sent speedy word to his Captaines in Italy to procure by all meanes the Popes freedome from
signory Francis Sforza being not able to doe it who of himselfe could not entertaine the ordinary Garisons not-with-standing that he was obliged by the treaty of agreement to send forces into the field to resist the attempts of Antonio de Leua besides this the Venetians feare to lose their owne did incite them therevnto who stood in doubt like-wise that the warre would light on their owne state hauing intelligence of the great forces which were leuied in Tiroll and in other places neere adioyning with the great preparations of victualls and other munitions which was made at Trent to send into Italy By meane whereof the Senate imagining that it behooued them to encrease their army to the number of twenty thousand foote and to make a very great prouision to maintayne in a manner an other very difficult and dangerous warre â—…ent to entreat the King of England that in so great a necessity hee would bee pleased to releeue the Common-wealth by contributing a part of the payment of the army where-with they were to conserue and maintaine the liberty of Italy whereof hee had so often said that hee would bee the Protector But the King of England continuing that which hee had at other times spoken that hee would beginne to make warre on the Emperor in Flanders and by that meanes enforcing him to diuert his forces else-where hee might free Italy from that danger made a shew that for the common good of them all hee himselfe was to make greate preparations and necessary prouisions for such a deseigne In regard whereof the Signory being constrained alone to vndergoe all the charges of the warre was faine to haue recourse to extraordinary meanes the publike treasure beeing in a manner exhausted by reason of the continuall warres Among all these stirres and great warlike preparations the treaty of peace was not altogether broken of the Emperor making shew to desire it both with the French King and the Venetians where-vpon sundry practizes were set on foote to that end The Demands of the most Christian King and the Venetians were in efect these that the Emperor should restore to the French King his children That hee should set the Pope at liberty giue ouer all that which hee held from the Church re-establish Francis Sforza in the state of Milan and withdraw his forces forth of Lombardy and from Rome The Emperor did not altogether reiect these demands neither yet would wholy accept of them but in seeking not without difficulty to make some certaine resolution hee demanded of the Venetians a great summe of mony holding by that meanes the treaty in suspence being desirous to make vse of time and to behaue him-selfe according to the euent of the affaires of Italy and the new stirres which his brothers preparations would procure hoping in the meane time still to bee able with better aduantage to conclude an agreement with the French King alone determining to exclude al the other Confederates and to appropriat vnto him-selfe the Dutchy of Milan This was easily discerned by his owne words persisting euer in all motions of agreement that he would haue Francis Sforzas cause debated and censured by Iudges there-vnto appoynted and that in the meane time the Citty of Milan and the whole state should bee kept and garded in his name and by his owne Garrisons his cheefe ayme tending wholy to become absolute maister thereof hauing first broken all the forces of the Confederates Where vpon all these motions of peace being laid aside warre was againe denounced to him by the Confederates who hoping therein to make good vse of the Duke of Ferrara and the Marquis of Mantua in regard of the neere neighbour-hood of their states both the one and the other were sounded and it was at last concluded with the Duke of Ferrara that hee should bee receiued into the league on condition to send to the Confederates army two hundred men at armes paid by him-selfe and monethly to contribute for the space of sixe moneths tenne thousand Ducats toward the payment of the infantery and on the other side the Confederates promised to take him and his State like-wise into their protection and safegard where-vpon within a while after a great and Magnificent Pallace was restored to him which was his owne in Venice As concerning the agreement with the Marquis there was greater difficulty in the conclusion thereof because he craued to bee made Generall of the League in the absence of the Lord of Lautrec wherevnto the Venetians would not consent for the respect they did beare to the Duke of Vrbin But in the end Ieronimo Zene Gouernor of Verona being sent by the Senates commandement vnto Mantua to end that businesse hee did conclude it without the aboue-mentioned condition the Confederates taking the person of the Marquis and his State into their protection Now the Emperor perceiuing that he was to deale with so many enemies determined first of all to publish the iustice of his cause and by that meanes to draw away the King of England from them and for this purpose hee resolued to set the Pope at liberty for which hee sent an ample commission to the Viceroy and to D. Hugo de Moncada who being newly deceassed the Viceroy did exexecute it the Pope making ouer to the Emperor according to the agreement Ostia Ciuitauecchia and Câ—…uito Castellane and paying likewise but more commodiously the summe of mony promised and promising in speciall not to haue any dealing in the affaires of Naples nor Milan against the Emperor The Confederates resoluing to make warre both by sea and land in the begining of the yeare 1528. prepared great forces for to passe into the Kingdome of Naples as it had beene determined according to the desire and intention of the French King not-with-standing that they were well assured that the Imperiall army at their departure from Rome would take their iournie into Naples But the Confederates thinking it a matter of great importance to draw the Pope into the Confederacy were in great hope thereof because that his Holinesse hauing aduertized the French King and the Venetians of the passed agreement and his owne liberty entreated them to excuse him if necessity had enforced him so to doe confessing that he was greatly bound to the Princes of the League and to haue receiued a very rigorous and cruell entertainment of the Imperialls So soone as the Venetians vnderstood that the Pope was set at liberty and that he was newly gonne to Oruietta they speedily sent Lodouico Pisani the Prouidator to his Holinesse to lament with him in the Common-wealths name for his passed fortunes and to acquaint him with the great greefe that the Signory had conceiued thereat and with what care they had labored his enlargement whereof they were now wonderfull ioyfull to see that to bee effected which they had so much desired That the Republike had willingly imployed all her forces and meanes beene at
be very conuenient for the affaires of the league beeing as it were the only Gate of Italy through which the Spaniards might enter by Sea to molest them and therfore they wished that it were at the deuotion of the French King their friend and especially at that time when the report was that the Emperor was in person cōming into Italy wherevpon they secretly exhorted the Genowaies to returne againe vnder the protection of the most Christian King as of a most mighty and meeke Prince For they could not at that time execute their desire by open force as well for the place where they wintered the which was very sharpe and difficult in Winter as for the small number of their army which was much diminished by sundry accidents and albeit they were aduertized of the great scarcity of victuals in Milan how that Antonio de leua lay sick and his Army much weakened all which were goodly occasions where on ◅o enterprize some great and notable exploit they durst not for all that in regard of the smalnesse of their forces goe forth into the field to execute any thing beeing in feare likewise of the discommodities that commonly grow in winter The Venetians were else where in great care for the townes which they possessed in Puglia which at all times both in peace and wa◅re were very commodious for them they held Trani and Monopoli and the French Barletta the others beeing abandoned these were kept and yet not without great difficulty since the route of the French Army by the dilligence of the Prouidator Vitturi who beeing aduertised at the siege of Mansridonia where hee lay of the disaster before Naples hee sent speedily by Sea a certaine number of footmen into garrison into those townes to keepe them in th◅ir duty Camillo Vrsino lay in Trani and Gioua◅ni Conrado Vrsino in Monopoli and Rance de Cera who was the Kings Lieutenant in the Prouince was retired to Barletta The Venetians then beeing very carefull to keepe those places and hoping to bee able not onely to resist the enemy and to keepe the warre farre from their owne State but likewise to make some progression in regard of the enemies letts determined to send reliefe thither as well of victuals and all sorts of munitions as of Soldiors by encreasing the Garrison with sixe hundred footmen leuyed in Dalmatia in the middest of Winter by the Prouidator Mula who hauing brought them into Puglia went back on a sodaine with his Galleis to Cor◅ou there to repaire and encrease the nauall Army to the end afterwards to ioyne it with that of the French King which was making ready at Marseilles that both of them together might oppose themselues against the Imperialls sea-forces which were reported to bee very great at Barcelona and were comming to ioyne with those of Doria The Pope in the meane time continuing his former pursutes concerning the rendring of the Citties of Rauenna and Ceruia caused the French King to send the Vicount Turenne to Venice to intreate them in some sort to sa◅isfie the Pope by yeelding vp those Citties which hee demanded The Senate making shew of nothing more then to please the King did represent to the Ambassador their iust ti◅les to them hauing receiued Rauenna of Obizzo Polente Lord thereof more then foure hundred yeares since and that Ceruia was fallen to the Republick by the testament of Dominico Malateste by the payment of cert◅ine godly Legacies which they yeerely continued by accomplishing the Testators will How that if they had beene desirous to possesse Townes beelonging to other men they would not haue refused the offers of those of Fu◅ly and of other Citties of Romagnia who were desirous to bee vnder their obedience they would not besides haue defended nor maintained with great cost and danger the Citty of Bolognia and others belonging to the Pope nor haue kept them for him that those Citties had beene taken at such time as the Pope had quitted the League and that they might now for the same occasion iustly detaine them Moreouer that they had spent a great masse of treasure in that warre which those Citties were not able to recompence That the King was to consider how much it might import him if those so commodious Citties should bee quitted by his friends and consederates to bee g◅uen to the Pope who stood badly affected towards the Crowne of France nay euen into the very hands of the Imperialls seeing that it was apparent that the Pope eyther by his owne proper motion or through feare did wholy depend vppon the Emperour that hee was beside to consider of their interest and the wrong which would bee offered to the other Consederates to the Florentines and to the Duke of Ferrara who vndoubtedly would bee greatly distasted thereby and would coole that heate which pusheth them foreward to the affaires of the league and moreouer how that those townes did presently serue for a bridle to containe the Pope in his dutye seeing that without them he would already haue openly shewed him-selfe a friend to the Emperor The Vicount giuing place to all these reasons went to Rome to the Pope were for to compose the businesse he propounded sundry offers to his Holinesse namely that those townes might be enfeoffed to the Signory of Venice with a certaine annuall acknowledgment as diuers others belonging to the Church had beene or that they might be sequestred by the French King to dispose thereof as he should thinke fitte These propositions beeing made to the Senate were neither accepted nor wholly reiected but calling to mynde the Republicks benifits to the Church and what it had done for the seruice of Popes they seemed to repose great trust in his Holinesse wisdome how that himselfe might find some honest remedy for that difficulty and in this vncertainty of businesse ended the yeare one thousand fiue hundred twenty and eight The begining of the yeare following did shew great signes of beeing disposed to peace and of feare likewise of new trobles but the discontent and wearisomnesse of Princes caused the Confederates to procee◅ slowly in their prouisions of warre wherevpon as well by reason of the speech of peace as for the sharpnesse of the winter all military factions ceafed The Emperor spake openly that he desired nothing more then an vniuersall peace and especially to fit himselfe to the Princes of Italy and to these ends had sent the Cardinall of Santa Cruz for this was the Generall of the Friars title to Rome to treat of peace and to cause Hostia and Ciuitauechia to be surrendred to the Pope The French King who wished nothing more sent a commission to his Ambassadors and the King of England sent Ambassadors to Rome for the same purpose as vnto whom it alone appertained to conclude this treaty The Venetians did the like by giuing ample power to Gasparo Contaren their Ambassador in the court of Rome whereby he was inioyned to follow the
as if they should conquer the Empire of Constantinople it should belong to the Emperor without preiudice to the claimes of the Republike and so in like manner of the rest but for the Apostolike sea was reserued the preeminecne of some State worthy the merit therof according to the quallity of the conquest that shold be made Concerning other things where-vnto no man laid any claime that euery of the Confederats might haue a share therein according to the expences which he contributed towards the warres and if they should chance to recouer the Isle of Rhodes it should returne vnder the Dominion of the Knights of Saint Iohn of Ierusalem In this treaty there was no mention made of the King of England The Venetians neuer-the-lesse supposing that they might draw greate aide from that King who was a Prince of exceeding great wealth and authority and had in time before shewed great affection to their Common-wealth went about by meanes of Ieronimo Zuccate their Secretary resident in his Court to dispose him to fauour the league But the King disdayning the matter for that he had not beene particularly inuited to the treaty thereof would by no meanes endure to heare of it but did greatly complaine for that neither him-seife nor his Realme had beene mentioned in the number of the Confederates As for the French King they did dayly pereeaue that he had no great desire to enter into it because that they treated therein of encreasing the Emperors forces and reputation his coriuall and perpetuall enemy The Venetians then the league being concluded and established as hath bin said commanded the Generall Capello that if the Turkish fleete did come into the Gulphe hee should keepe aloofe towards the Leuant that hee might with more ease passe into Sicily where he was to ioyne with the Confederates fleetes as well to assure those quarters as to hurt the enemies if occasion were offered And because they would not weaken their garrisons they did on a sodaine leuy two thousand foote-men whome they sent to the Army Some were of opinion to referre to the Generalls discretion in all causes to doe that which he should iudge to be most proffitable and conuenient for the Common-wealth according to the occurrences of the affaires and not to limit him what hee had to doe which might peraduenture bee cleane contrary to reason seeing that warre is managed by the sight of the eye alledging for example that which happened the yeare before by limiting the Generall Pesare what he should doe which hath occasioned sundry disorders and at last the warre against the Turkes yet neuerthelesse the other opinion was followed because they would not hinder nor delay the vnion of their Army with the Confederates Now the Senates greatest care was to find ready money for the great expences they were speedily to be at By means wherof it was decreed that all those who would put in any money into the publicke Treasury should haue an annuall rent for it of foureteene in the hundred and they did afterwards proceed sharpely against the debtors to the Common-wealth as well by the imprisonment of their bodies as sale of their goods They did moreouer create three Pocurators of Saint Marke Ieronimo Marcello Bernardo Moro and Iulio Contaren in regard of some loane of money As for the goods of the Clergie they could neuer make any vse of them for although the Pope had permitted the Senate to alienate of Church goods by reason of tenne in the hundred to the worth of a million of gold and afterwards calling back that fauour had giuen them leaue to raise the said somme vppon the reuenue of the Clergy for the terme of fiue yeares yet neuerthelesse they could neuer draw a breefe from him either for the one or other his Holynesse still finding new shifts and excuses In this great want of money the Senate went very slowly foreward in the propositions that were made vnto them of raising the said somme peraduenture for feare of displeasing many people and cheefely those of the Champaine countrey of the firme land wherupon it reiected a proposition which was made although it would haue amounted to a great somme to sell the medows of the communalties of which there are store ouer the whole state in a manner of the Republicke on the firme land The Senate neuerthelesse in this great necessity did spare nothing that was necessary for the warres Peace at the same time was treated of betwixt the Emperor and the French King which each of them made shew greatly to desire and they concluded to send their Agents for that purpose to Canus which lieth betwixt Perpign an and Narbona but hauing spent all the time there in contestations the assembly brake vp without any resolution by reason of the distrust that the one had of the other which did greatly greeue the Venetians because that by those Princes discord the warre against the Turkes would prooue more difficult the likelihoods thereof being already discerned For the Marquis of Guasto whom the Emperor had in the beginning appointed to serue in the enterprize of the Leuant was countermanded not to stirre forth of Italy and speedily to augment the Garrisons in the State of Milan so as all hope of agreement being taken away the Emperor being constrained to diuert his forces elswhere for feare of the French King he did boldly affirme that hee could at that time doe no other seruice to Christendome then to stand vpon his owne defence against the Turkes for to assure his owne States from receiuing any hurt from their Army The Pope beeing infinitely sorry that the enterprizes against the Turkes were not foreward and it concerning him as the head of Christendome to procure peace and vnion among Christian Princes resolued seeing that his letters and Ambassades had beene to no purpose to attempt to preuaile by his presence supposing that his authority and entreaties ioyned with reason might cause them to condiscend to some honorable agreement whereupon hauing exhorted and inuited the Emperor and the French King thervnto he requested them that they would meet at Nice whither he likewise offered speedily to come as to a place fitt for that purpose The Venetians were very glad of this proposition because that the desired effect of peace falling out successfully it would much augment the forces and hope of the League the which with out that helpe would be very poore and weake but on the other side they were very sorry for the losse of so much time which was to be spent in the prouisions for warre and in the vnion of the Armies because they well perceiued that the Emperor comming from Barcelona by sea to Nice Doria must needes bee imployed in that iourney at such time as he should be busied in ordering the fleet and sailing against the enemies who were already with great forces vpon the Seas on the other side they feared that the same meeting would bee
come to this last point to leaue her deere and welbeloued subiects vnder a tyrants power made great prouisions of Armes beene at excessiue expences and at last vndergone for a time the insupportable burthen of warre But what greater signe of loue can the Common welth shew vnto yee in this present affliction then to promise as it doth vnto al those who are willing to depart to giue them another fit dwelling place wherein they may safely liue vnder her protection and to helpe fauour and nourish them The ancient Sages said how that the same place may be truly termed a mans Countrey where hee liueth well but what better thing is there or more to be desired then to liue vnder the moderate gouernment of a good Prince yee shall remaine vnder the gouernement of the Common wealth wee will find yee out a dwelling place in an other Countrey where yee may liue if not so commodiously as heere at leastwise more safely and free from the continuall dangers and alarmes of the Turks to which I may truly say that yee were dayly exposed Diuers nations their numbers waxing ouer great at home haue of their owne free-will departed from their natiue Cuntrey haue followed fortune seeking by armes for new and vncertaine habitations In miseries and calamities to haue a certaine and assured refuge carrieth with it such a comfort as a man doeth oâ—…ten-times remember things past with greater contentation Without all doubt our cheifest desire hath beene to haue still liued at peace not to haue had the enemies to come and beseege this Citty not to haue purposed to take it by force or if this should happen to haue had greater forces to resist and repulse their attempts But seing neither the one or other was in our power or yours what other thing is ther now to be done in this State that we stand but for vs to performe the duty of a good Prince Father and Pastor of his people to defend vnder our safeguard and protection your persons seeing that we cannot preserue and beare from hence the houses and walls of this Citty and for you to comfort your selues with the loue of your Prince to fit your selues to time and to make vse of necessity your persons shall be preserued your posterity shall encrease and of you beeing valiant fathers shall be borne generous Children who knoweth but that some of them may one day reuenge your wronges so great is the change of humaine affaires whereunto the greatest Empiers are no lesse subiect then the meanest things on earth It is certaine that the Common-wealth will euer retaine the same will and desire to take armes against these enemies so soone as it shall perceiue the Christian Princes so well vnited together as it may hope for som commodity thereby and bee able to doe some notable seruice to Christendome Therefore as it is necessary so is it great discretion and a gallant resolution to seeke to liue in safety and still hope for better and better Whilest the Generall did thus comfort them all men did shed warme teares being no lesse moued by loue then by greefe and sorrow The Generall after-wards did make the same remonstrance to those of Maluesia whereby the poore people beginning by little and little to bee resolued the greatest number of them prepared for their departure carrying with them their best and deerest wealth And so within a while after in the moneth of Nouember the treaty of peace beeing confirmed and ratified the Prouidator Contaren came thither with twenty Gallies and diuers other Vessells of all sorts in which hauing imbarked the artillery munitions soldiers those inhabitants who were willing to depart with their bagage consigned as it was decreed those two townes into the hands of Cassin Bascha of Morea who came thither with smale forces All matters being in this sort pacified the Generall and the Prouidator did disarme leauing only abroad the ordinary number of Gallies for the gard of the Gulph But so soone as the Prouidator Contaren came to Venice he was called into question by Petro Moceniga Auogator for the common-wealth to answer according to the Senates decree made three yeares before for that which hee had done in Puglia when he sanke the Turkish Gally but the matter being debated in Senate and diuers Senators defending Contarens cause the Commandement of the Auogatore was declared to bee of none effect and Contaren was wholy acquitted in regard of the worthinesse of his good seruices done during the time of that warre No other thing worthy of Memory hapned during this yeare 1540. which was made notable by the peace concluded with the Turkes which continued for the space of thirty yeares The end of the third Booke of the sixth Decade The Contents of the fourth Booke of the sixth Decade THE occasion of the warre of Hungary Soliman determineth to make warre in Austria The French king resolueth to make vse of the Turkish forces against the Emperor who had broken promise with him The Imperialls doe murther Rincon and Fregosa going in Ambassage from the most Christian king to Soliman The Emperor granteth the Interim in Germany The Senate deny the Pope the holding of a Councel at Vincenza The Accord betwixt the Turke and the Venetians is confirmed The Venetians are discontented because there was not a particular Duke of Milan An Enterùiew betwixt the Pope and Emperor at Luca. The French King being incensed against the Emperor doth at one time prepare three armies against him Maran is taken from Ferdinand A league betwixt the Emperor and Henry King of England against the French King Barbarosâ—…a with his Army aideth the French King Enteruiew betwixt the Pope and the Emperour at Basset The Turkish Army in Hungary Maran by agreement remayneth to the Venetians The English men take Boloin Peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King Trruce graunted betwixt the Emperor and Ferdinand on the one side and Soliman on the other The Pope giueth Parma and Placentia in title of Dutchy to Petro Lodouico And lastly the great contentions betwixt the Emperor and the French King which were the causes of the quiet of Italy The fourth Booke of the sixt Decade of the History of Uenice PEACE being in this manner concluded betixt Soliman and the Venetians as hath beene said and the Venetians hauing elsewhere no warre with any Christian Princes they did hope after so many toyles and trauaills of warre to see an age full of peace and felicity For Soliman made shew that hee was disposed to make a generall truce for a long time with the Princes of Christendome Wherein the French Ambassador did much good who assured them that he held the to â—…all resolution thereof in his owne hand and that which made them to giue more credit to his speeches was because though the fleet were ready to set saile yet Barbarossa his iourney was held doubtfull and beside no preparation at all for a land army was made
of Saxony whereon and vpon the quality of the engagement hauing a long time insisted the whole businesse remained vnresolued on This assembly was broken off by reason of the rumors spred abroad at the beginning of the yeere 1543. of the great prouisions for warre made in sundry places and chiefly at Constantinople to enuade Hungary and Austria and to scoure all the sea-coasts belonging to the Emperour The French King hoping by meanes of this army raised in his behalfe and at his entreaty to breake the Emperors designes and forces had likewise raised a great army as well of his owne subiects as of Swisses to vphold the Duke of Cleues rebellion and to assaile the Emperor in diuers and sundry places who on the other side determining to reuenge the wrongs and iniuries receiued from the French and especially to chastise as he said the audaciousnesse of the Duke of Cleues a feudatary of the Empire for taking armes with his enemies against him did assemble the Dyet of Princes and free townes according to the custome of the country where hee procured them to make warre on the French King and the Duke of Cleues at the common charge of all Germany and for the augmenting of his forces he resolued to ally himselfe with Henry King of England notwithstanding that the same King had repudiated his Aunt Queene Katherine and shaken off the yoake of the Romish Catholike Church that they might both of them together make warre vpon France King Henry did easily agree to the Emperors motion beeing distasted of the French King for fauoring Iames King of Scots his enemy The Pope in the meane time and the Venetians did still continue in their neutrallity meaning as much as in them lay to maintaine the peace of Italy The Pope neuerthelesse being for sundry reasons displeased with the Emperor made suite to the Venetians to contract a more strict alliance together for their common safety propounding at that time termes tending wholly to peace and not to depart but vpon constraint from their neutrallity but determining neuerthelesse as it was perceiued by sundry signes to draw the Republike afterwards to some new confederacy with the French King The Senate continuing the accustomed answers and telling the Pope how that there was not any cause to mooue them to renue their alliance which might not without suspition to Princes rather hasten then preuent the mischiefe to come made an excuse saying that it could not make any new agreement with any one for feare least the Emperour would be incensed against them who had so often sought vnto them for new confederacy to the which they had neuer consented But they were most of all troubled to see the Turkish army to depart from Constantinople whereof men spake diuersly notwithstanding that the Turkes did promise them in no sort to meddle with any thing which did belong to their Common-wealth and that captaine Polin who was to goe along with it had assured them of the like who by his Kings commandment had changed his minde Yet the Senate not relying ouer much on all these promises determined likewise to arme the number of three score Gallies and to appoint a Generall ouer them which was Stefano Tepulo a man very famous for his rare vertues and deserts whereof they forthwith aduertized all Princes to the end that the making ready of their fleet might not make them to suspect that they had any sinister meaning saying that the Republike had armed certaine Gallies for the defense of their owne subiects and for the gard of their sea-coasts and they commanded their Generall to visit the Islands vnder their dominion and all their forts vpon the sea to giue order and prouide for all things necessary with expresse charge to auoide all occasions that might giue the Turkes any cause of distrusting their friendship towards them whereinto they very well knew that Doria would haue oftentimes cunningly drawne them The Turkish nauall army in the meane time consisting of sixe score saile departed from Constantinople vnder the command of Cariadine Barbarossa captaine Polin going along with him and comming to Negrepont where it made some stay to take in souldiers and other necessaries it sailed to the Hauen of Figara and from thence directed their course towards the West and hauing passed the Far of Messina came neere to Calabria where landing certaine of his troupes he tooke the city of Regio and after he had spoiled it and scoured the country round about the castle still holding out he did re-embarke his people and held on his course towards France and by the way he tooke in water at the Isle of Ponze and next at Ostia vpon the Riuer Tiber whereby Rome was in alarme but Polin did by letters assure the Gouernor of the towne that no harme should bee done to any one vpon the coast then hoysing ankors and still coasting along the Riuers of Tuscany and Genoa he arriued in the Hauen of Tolon where finding two French Gallies hee was by them conducted towards Marseilles whither the Kings other foure and twenty Gallies came Barbarossa went on shore where hee was magnificently entertained in the city together with great numbers of Ianissaries Polin riding post to finde the King and to receiue his commandements whom Barbarossa was enioyned wholly to obey did speedily returne to the army which being encreased by sixteene French Gallies and certaine shippes wherein were sixe thousand foote-men hee departed from Marseilles and sailed with a faire winde to the hauen of Villafranca to beseege the city of Nice which the Duke of Sauoy then possessed which had euer belonged to the crowne of France The Artillery and souldiers beeing landed the City for certaine daies was battered whereby it was enforced to yeeld without being sacked but the Marquis of Guasto hauing victualled the castle and Barbarossa being diswaded from makeing any longer aboade there Autumne being very farre spent raised his campe and returned with his whole fleete to the hauen of Marseilles Now the Venetian fleete beeing truely aduertized what course the Turkes held and how that Ianetin Doria was gonne into the Leuant did entertaine time in the Gulphe the Generall thinking it more safe and proffitable to prouide for that which concerned themselues and to auoide occasion of meeting with the others that he might take away all suspition of being desirous to helpe or hinder their deseignes The Emperor at the same time resoluing to goe into Germany to stirre vp that country against the French King hauing first caused the Estates of Spaine to accept the Prince Don Philip his sonne for their King came to Barcelona where finding Doria with forty Gallies and certaine ships he imbarked himselfe with the Spanish fantery and came to Genoa Vpon the report of his arriuall in Italy the Venetians chose foure Ambassadours to wit Carlo Morosin Gabriele Veniero Lodouico Faliere and Vittor Grimany to meet him as he passed
Dominions to make a bodie of an army and to beseege it The Senate had giuen free passage through their State both to the one and other to shew that they had no hand in that businesse they were neuerthelesse displeased for that one Fust and two Brigantins had beene armed at Trieste which entring into the Hauen of Dignana had begunne streightly to shut in those of Maran on the sea side wherevpon to suffer them to stay their besides the drawing of many others thither would seeme greatly to preiudice the Republikes claime to that Hauen and shew some partiality by suffering them to offend Maran from that place the which they determyning not to suffer because they would proceed modestly therein did entreate Ferdinand and the Emperour likewise to cause those armed vessels to depart forth of the Hauen sending thither at the same time an armed galley to hinder their incursions till such time as they should receiue an answere During these treaties Iohn Francisco de Pacis a Florentine came to Venice to offer vnto the Senate in Strossi his name the fort of Maran for some honest recompence protesting that vpon their refusall he should be enforced to negociate with some other great Prince whom he knew would gladly accept it Strossi resoluing in no sort to render it to Ferdinand but rather to get some great summe of money for it by contracting with the Turke that the French King had left Maran to bee disposed of at Strossi his pleasure to make his profit thereof in recompence of the good seruices done by him to the crowne of France The Senate therevpon was greatly perplexed either to accept or refuse it It desired to auoide all occasions of contention with Ferdinand who might suspect that they had some intelligence with Strossi and to suffer that place so nere a neighbour to Venice to fall into the Turkes hands would be very dangerous not only for the Common-wealth but for all Christendome Being then mooued with feare of such a danger they resolued to harken to Pacis proposition and to that end two Senators were appointed Antonio Capello and Francesco Contaren to treat with him vpon the particularities of the agreement where after sundry contestations the composition was made in this manner that Strossi for consigning Maran into the Venetians hands should for recompence receiue fiue and thirty thousand Ducats at one entire payment This being thus concluded Alessandro Bondimiero was so dainely chosen Prouidator of that place who going along with Pacis with some few foot forces was brought into it and Strossi hauing consigned the towne to him the whole people with great ioy did forthwith take the oth of obedience to the Republike of Venice The Venetians did afterwards acquaint the Emperour and Ferdinand with the causes which had mooued them to embrace that necessary resolution that their actions in two yeeres space that the towne had beene offered vnto them could yeeld sufficient testimony of their integrity during which time they had not only refused to giue an eare to their often propounded offers but had giuen passage victuals and other commodities to Ferdinands troupes for to recouer it that they had likewise considered how that place was of no great importance to Ferdinand neither for the States confines nor reuenew there of but on the contrary of great expence accompanied with extreame danger for all his States if it should haue fallne into the Turkes hands as vndoubtedly it would haue so happened if they should haue refused Strossi his offer These reasons being cunningly deliuered to those Princes by Bernardo Nouagera and Marin de Canalis Ambassadours for the Signory the one with the Emperor and the other with King Ferdinand did in some sort appease them both of them hauing at first taken the treaty concerning that place in bad part and then the quallity of the times did greatly helpe to make those Princes capable of the reasons by them alleadged by reason that a Dyet had beene published at the beginning of the yeere 1544. Where all the chiefe Princes and Lords of Germany were to meet to treat of affaires of great consequence to make warre vpon the French and to resist the Turkes attempts for all the thoughts of the Emperour and the King of Romans tended only to those two ends hoping besides as a matter which they much desired that the Venetians perceiuing so many Princes and free townes of Germany leagued against the Turkes would enter into league with them and abandon that of the Turkes this was the vsuall talke among Courtiers Now the Emperor was greatly afraide least that the Venetians vpon the least discontent giuen vnto them from himselfe should quit his alliance and embrace that of the French King who had so often sought to them for it aud his feare was at the same time greater then euer in regard of his hope being ioyned to the King of England and the Suisses to molest France more then euer he had done perceiuing himselfe to be freed from the care of releeuing Italy which would be peaceable so long as the accord with the Venetians should last The French King on the contrary hauing the selfe same considerations did hope to defend his owne Realme by troubling Italy with the warres of Naples and the Dutchy of Milan to constraine the Emperour to diuide his forces and to send part of them to the aide of those countries and to that end did againe vse meanes to draw the Venetians to his party and supposing that the quallity and reputation of the man might greatly further the businesse he caused the Cardinall of Ferrara to goe to Venice to that end who was honourably entertained there and comming into the Senat in secret audience as he had desired he beganne in substance to declare vnto them what the Emperours deseignes were who only aspired to a sole Monarchy and especially to that of Italy the which he might with ease attaine to did not the French King counterpoise him who being their louing and trusty friend did by him entreat them to enter into league with him and speedily to send their nauall army into Puglia where they should finde the country disfurnished of Garrisons and all the people at their deuotion who did openly hold the Spaniards for their enemies and he in the meane time for the safety of their State offered alwaies to haue fifteene thousand men ready in Piedmont or in any other place that they should thinke fit The Senate according to the custome did not at that time giue the Cardinall any answere to his proposition but the businesse being afterwards debated in the councell they answered him That as the Republike did highly esteeme and deerely reckon of the French Kings friendship it did likewise determine still to embrace and cherish it but it neither could nor would being now at peace with other Princes and in want of diuers things by reasons of the last warres enter into trouble
knowing that therein he had done no great good seruice to Religion that he had broken with the Pope and nothing preuailed with the Almains wherevpon he sought to moderate the conditions with which it had beene published The Venetians on the other side perceiuing that the assembly of the councell though they would not openly hinder it was not pleasing to the Pope as being made in an vnfit time and place and by meanes not beseeming the dignity and authority of the sea Apostolike would not send their Ambassadors thither Concerning the accord treated of at Constantinople of which al men hoped for a prosperous end by meanes of a long truce of many yeeres certaine difficulties arising about the restitution of some few castles in Hungary it ended by a short suspension of armes for one yeere with an intent neuerthelesse as Solimans selfe did say and write to the French King that after the matter should bee well debated in Ferdinands Court the Ambassadours might returne to the Port the next yeere following with new Commissions to strenthen the peace with a longer terme In the meane time a new Contention arose betwixt the Turkes and the Venetians about the confines of Dalmatia where the Sangiacks of Bossina and Clissa being desirous to disturbe the peace for their owne particular profit or else to spoile the country or to receiue so me presents of the Venetians would haue vsurped a great part of the territory of Zara saying that a country contayning nine and forty villages did belong vnto them as dependances of the castles of Nadin and Laurana which by the last accord remayning to the great Lord they said did likewise belong vnto him with all their territories wherevpon they forbad the inhabitants of those places vpon grieuous penalties to acknowledge any other Lord but Soliman This new trouble did greatly vex the Venetians the country in question being of great importance both for it selfe and for the preseruation of the city of Zara and although their reasons were vnreasonable in regard that Nadin and Laurana small castles had no territory belonging vnto them but did with the other villages nere adioyning depend on Zara the chiefe city of the Prouince yet neuerthelesse fearing least the strange and insolent proceedings which the Turkes are wont to vse in such businesses who hold it for a law that the whole country whereon the horse of the great Lord hath once trod doth belong vnto them might occasion longer strife had recourse to Soliman who referring the decission of that controuersie to the Sangiac of Chersega and to two Cadis these men are ordinary iudges in law was desirous to haue whatsoeuer they should set downe to be executed who were to meet in the same place with the Commissioners of the Signory The Senate did for that purpose choose Lodouico Rayniero who handled the businesse so wisely and discreetly with the Turkish officers as the whole territory in question was quietly adiudged to the Republike of Venice The same yeere deceassed Prince Landi leauing behind him a great and singular reputation to haue well and wisely gouerned the Common-wealth for the space of sixe yeeres and eight monthes and lieth buried in Saint Antonies Church Francesco Donato was chosen in his place FRANCESCO DONATO the seuenty ninth Duke ABout the beginning of the yeere 1546. all those that desired the peace of Italy were afraide least it would be shortly shaken with new troubles because that the peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King the principall Articles thereof taking none effect was so badly assured as there wanted nothing but a fit time to take armes The French King by the sodaine death of his sonne the Duke of Orleance hauing not obtained the Duchie of Milan promised vnto him by meanes of the marriage had not for all that lost his desire to recouer it the Duke of Sauoy likewise could not be restored of his State the King still detayning it vpon sundry pretences hoping to enforce the Emperor to some other conditions by the restitution thereof seeking thereby to obtaine his desire An other new matter happened in Italy which gaue cause of feare of some new troubles for the Pope perceiuing al his deseignes to fal out contrary to his desire for the aduancement of his house hauing cut off from the Churches demaines the cities of Parma and Placentia which Pope Iulius the second had annexed therevnto gaue them in see to Petro Lodouico his son on condition to pay a yeerely rent of eight thousand crownes to the Church and in recompence thereof to make ouer to the sea Apostolike the Dutchy of Camerin and the Signory of Nepi wherwith his son Octanio had beene inuested This Cession did so much displease the Emperor as he could by no meanes be induced to giue the Pope the inuestiture of those two cities which he demanded hauing beene in formet time incorporated into the Dutchy of Milan This resusal of the Emperor had equally incensed both the father and the son so that Petro Lodouico would willingly haue embraced the first occasion offered against the Emperour and the Pope distrusting both the Emperour and the French King resolued by all meanes to maintaine and defend what he had done concerning the erection of the new Dutchy in the person of his sonne who discoursing with the Venetian Ambassadour told him into what danger Italy was like to fail so soone as the French King should be at peace with the King of England which at that time was treated of and that the Emperor if he could not at the Dyet of Ratisbon draw the Protestant Princes to his desire would bee enforced to make warre vpon them therefore he did exhort the Senate to ioyne with him a firme and sound intelligence as it behooued them for their common interests and for a greater assurance he caused the new Duke to send Augustino de Landes his Ambassador to Venice who acquainting them with the new grade and dignity which he had lately obtained did in his name offer both his State and person to the seruice of the Signory The Senate did very louingly thanke him for his offers offering him the selfe same but in generall termes which could not tie them to any thing because they would not thereby giue his Holinesse any hope by their meanes to raise any troubles in Italy then prouiding for the defense of their owne States and foreseeing what might happen they tooke into the seruice of the Common wealth Guido Vbaldo Duke of Vrbin in quallity of Generall of their forces by land with a yeerely pension of fiue thousand crownes and fifteene thousand crownes for an hundred men at armes and a hundred light horse which he was bound to haue continually ready for the seruice of the Signory But the troubles wherein the Emperor and the French King were engaged was cause of the safety of Italy because that the one notwithstanding all his attempts could not get Bolloigne
from the English and the other hauing called the Protestant Princes to the Dyet of Ratisbon to treat of affaires concerning Religion although he were there in person could not induce them to decree or conclude any thing but whereas at the beginning it seemed that they would haue beene satisfied to haue had the councell held in the city of Trent whither they promised to send their Doctors to treat of matters concerning faith and afterwards to hold and embrace what there should be decided they did then craue first of all to haue a nationall councell held in Germany and if afterwards it should happen to be referred to that of Trent that the assembly might on all sides be free with diuers other exorbitant and vnreasonable demands This caused the Pope no more to feare the councell and to assure the State of Parma and Placencia to his sonne the Emperor Princes and people of Germany hauing turned their thoughts to other matters determining to end that controuersie by armes The end of the fourth Booke of the sixth Decade The Contents of the fist Booke of the sixth Decade THE Venetians goe about to diuert the Pope from taking armes against the Protestants The Venetians grant passage thorow their Territories to the Pope and the Emperors Soldiors who were the Protestants partakers The Venetians refuse to lend mony to the Duke of Saxon and Lantgraue of Hesse The Protestants take the Castle of Chiusa to stop the Italians passage The cause of the losse and ouerthrow of the Protestants What the Venetian Gentlemen are with their prerogatiues The commotion of the Sienois against the Spaniards Petro Lodouico Duke of Parma and Placentia is murthered The Death of Francis the first French King The death of Henry the eight King of England The occasion of the new warre betwixt the French and the English Horacio Farnese marrieth the daughter of Henry the French King The Venetians being solicited by the Pope and the French King against the Emperour continue Neuters The Popes great perplexities Soliman takes armes against the Persian making truce with Christian Princes Contention betwixt the Emperor and the French King concerning the Truce with the Turke Controuersy about the Place wherein the councell should bee held The death of Pope Paul the third with the election of Pope Iulius the third Horatio Farnese committeth him-selfe and his family into the French Kings protection Great warre in Italy concerning Parma and Placentia The Publication of the Councel of Trent Pietro Strozzi his pollicy to reuictuall Parma The German Princes Treate with the French King against the Emperor The French King being incensed against the Pope forbidd◅th the Annates in France The Turkes warre in Hungary and Transil◅ania All Germany in league against the Emperor and his brother Ferdinand to free him selfe from the warre with the Turkes offereth to pay him tribute for Transiluania And lastly the murther of Frier George Cardinall of the Sea Apostolike The fift Booke of the sixt Decade of the History of Uenice THE Pope perceauing the Emperor to be distasted of the Protestants as hath beene said began to heate him more by promising to aid him with great numbers both of horse and foote paid by the Sea Apostolike The Senate from the beginning vsed meanes to appease the Pope and to diuert him from medling in that warre the which it thought could bring no good to Italy and there was small hope to preuaill by force in matter of Relligion For all the free townes of Germany hauing declared them-selues for the Protestant Princes fearing that the Emperor vnder other pretences went about to subiugate them Germany on the other side standing badly affected to the Pope and Court of Rome it was to be feared and not without cause that the same fierce and warlike nation would by reason ther of make incursions into Italy where they that had in no sort delt in that businesse were to smart for it Or if the Emperor should happen to quell Germany hee by that victory growing more mighty both in forces and reputation his greatnesse would proue fearefull to the Princes of Italy But the Senate knowing him to be resolute therein and that being prickt forward by two mighty spurrs Feare and Hope concerning the affaires of state of his own greatnesse and that of his house he would not embrace any councell contrary to his owne opinion did for beare to speake vnto him any more concerning that matter but vpon the Pope and Emperors motion vnto it about that exterprize by their Ambassadors it made a modest answer because it would not vainely offend the Emperor without praising or dispraising it being not willing to giue any occasion to be requested to aide him Yet neuerthelesse it was certainly reported that the Common-wealth had promised at the conclusion of the league at Rome to giue paiment for fiue thousand footemen which was most false The Venetians being desirous in some sort to content these Princes in any thing which was not of expence and being intreated so to doe did promise free passage to the Popes soldiers who being assembled at Bolognia to the number of twelue thousand footmen and fiue hundred horse were to passe thorrow the Territory of Verona to goe to Trent the like was done to the Emperors forces who for their mony were furnished with victualls and other necessaries The best and brauest soldiers of all Italy were in the Popes Army whereof Octania Farnese his Nephew was Generall who was a yong Lord of great hope But that of the Emperor was composed of sundry nations namely of diuers Almans drawne forth of the patrimonial States of the house of Austria frō those of the Dukes of Bauaria and Cleues and the Marquis Albert of Brandenbourg who did follow the Emperors party so that the whole number of his forces were forty thousand footemen and fiue thousand horse The Protestant Princes made preparations at the same time the cheife of whom were Iohn Fredericke Duke of Saxony one of the Electors of the Empire and Phillip Lantgraue of Hesse who saying that they would defend the liberty of Germany which Charles went about to vsurpe as they said did draw vnto their parts diuers of the greatest Lords and Citties of Germany as the Duke of Wittemberg the Count Palatin another Elector with the Common-wealthes of Argentine Vlmes Francfort and Norimberg the Citty of Ausbourg hauing a long time before declared it selfe in their behalfe all which hauing resolued to hold a diet at Vlmes did send their Ambassadors and Commissioners thither to treat particularly of the preparations for warre where the concourse of all Germany was such as they leuied a very great army of fourescore thousand footmen and tenne thousand horse with which forces they promised vnto themselues to be able to ouercome those of the Emperor and to driue him forth of Germany in regard hee was not able to assemble Germaine forces comparable to theirs They feared
none but forraine soldiers and especially the Italian Fantery leuied by the Pope whereuppon to stoppe their passage they did write louingly to the Venetians and by putting them in mind of the antient freindship betwixt the Germaine nation and them they entreated them not to giue passage to those through their territories who came only to offend them and to serue the Emperor who went about to bring Germany into seruitude The Senate answered that it did hold their freindship deere which they had euer embraced generaly that of all Germany but their Countrey being open and Champaine they could not stoppe the soldiers passage but with great forces which they were wont to employ but against open enemies Within a while after they receiued particular letters from the Duke of Saxony and the Landgraue of Hesse which acquainting them with their deseignes and how that for their owne defense they had beene enforced to take armes did ernestly entreate them to lend them a certaine summe of money The King of England did greatly fauour his demand by his Secretary residing at Venice who presented his letters that King being distasted of the Emperor but the Senate making still one answer said that it did hold those Princes for their good and trusty freinds and did wish them all prosperity and aduancement but that they could not satisfie their request without offending other Princes with whom they were in league and freindship which they did mean to maintaine and that these respects excepted they did greatly affect the Germaine nation Those of Ausbourg likewsie hauing by their letters and by an expresse messenger recommended their Marchants to the Senate many of whom were retired to Venice and greater numbers comming daily thither for feare of those trobles were kindly answered that their Cittizens with all others of any other Citties of Germany which came to Venice should be very welcome and vsed as their owne Cittizens as they had beene in former times Now Whilest either party was busied in making preparations for warre and that already great numbers of soldiers raised in Italy were ready to march a rumor was spred abroad how that both sides were at peace and become freinds the Capitulations whereof beeing vnknowne and no Postes beeing sent abroad into all places to publish it did sufficiently manifest that it was nothing so yet neuerthelesse these sodaine newes did amaze the Venetians considering that such great numbers of soldiers which at that time filled all Italy were sufficient to affright other mens states which were vnfurnished of force whenso euer they should bee desirous to turne their Armes vpon any other enterprize The Pope hauing intelligence of the Venetians doubt and fearing least the Senate would determine for their safety to league themselues with some other with a resolution cleane contrary to his deseignes did enter into a long discourse with the Ambassador for the Signory telling him how that for the Common good â—…hee had euermore beene carefull of the peace and quiet of Italy with a particular desire to aduance whatsoeuer did belong to the safety and greatnesse of the Venetian Common-wealth wherefore he willed him to assure the Senate of his good meaning that they might continew their sound intelligence with him seeing that thereby they should preserue one anothers states in safety yea and all Italy beside that he was desirous at that time to reuiue that discourse when he was armed and out of danger to be outraged to let them know that it was not feare but a true and zealous loue that mooued him so to discourse with him and to open vnto him the secret of his thoughtes The treaties of peace being broken and the Armies on both sides in the field the Protestants seeking to do that of themselues which they could not obtaine of others namely to stop the Italians passage which were comming against them went to seaze vpon the Castle of Chiusa a place in the County of Tiroll seated among the mountaines by which they supposed that the enemies would passe but the Pope and Emperors Armies keeping the way that leadeth neerer to Ispruch entred the Dutchy of Bauaria and from thence went to Ratisbon where the Emperor with his other forces expected them The two armies as well that of the Emperor as the enemies continued a long time idle each of them watching for some aduantage notwithstanding that they were oftentimes so neere together as sundry great skirmishes were many times made in one an others view without comming to battaile which the Emperor being wel aduised did as much as in him lay seeke to auoid the better to draw the businesse out in length and to defeat the enemies who were many heads of seuerall minds by temporizing the which he did For the soldiers and the townes beginning to loose their former great opinion of beeing soone able to vanquish and defeate the Emperor and to feele the discomodities of tedious contributions towards the wars King Ferdinand hauing on the other side entred Duke Iohn Fredericks State with a mighty army accompanied by Duke Maurice of Saxony his enemy there arose such a confusion and amazement in the enemies Campe as suffering diuers Castles to be taken before their faces and their Army dissoluing of it selfe the Emperor might in a short space contrary to his expectation giue an end to that dangerous warre For hauing by these fortunate euents purchased great fame and reputation diuers of those Protestant Princes and free townes returned to their obedience and begged pardon so as in a few monethes space he wonne a great part of the Contries of those great Lords and mighty Common-wealthes the which he had scarcely hoped to be able to haue done in a long time and with great labour and trauell This Warre thus ended winter being already come the Emperor dismissed the Popes troopes which being disbanded returned back into Italy The Cardinall Farnese the Popes nephew who had beene his Legat in that Army returning towards Rome was desirous as he passed along to see the Citty of Venice where hauing notice that they made preparations for his entertainment he determined to goe thither in priuate where he was so well receiued and entertained of all men both in publique and priuate as he departed from thence well satisfied and contented The Farneses not long before at the Popes request had beene receiued into the number of the Venetian Gentlemen in all places so highly reckoned of both for the ancient gouernment of the Common-wealth and for the name of liberty which they haue euer inuiolably maintained together with the dignity and command of great dominions And because occasion is now offered by the way to speak sumwhat of this nobility we wil breefly make some mention thereof The Venetians do call those Gentlemen that haue a share in the gouernment of the Common-wealth that is to say those that haue authority to elect the publick magistrates and may
themselues likewise bee elected this authority is giuen them from their birth so as who-so-euer is borne of noble parents is noble and may at a certaine time and manner limitted by the lawes enter into the great councell where the ordinary electon of Magistrates is made Into this ranke are receiued either those who hauing beene the cheefe inhabitants of the Citty and most famous for vertue and wealth haue from the beginning had the mannaging of publike affaires or alse those who for some notable and worthy act done in serof the Common-wealth are at sundry times and for sundry accidents admitted therevnto who for the most part haue beene of the cheefe and noblest families of some other place or some others vnto whome by speciall grace and fauour this title of Nobillity hath beene giuen Wherein neuer-the-lesse they haue carried them-selues very moderately it being graunted but to Lords of great Estate and in this manner were the families of Este and Gonzaga with some others of the cheefe of Italy admitted there-vnto namely Henry King of France and Poland being at Venice in the yeare 1574. and among other honors receiuing the title of a Venetian Gentleman did seeme to be highly pleased and satisfied with that guift Besides all those that descend from them who haue beene once receaued into this degree haue the same preeminence and to the end it may continually be the better maintayned in it perfection they do curiously search out the pedegrees of those who are to enter into the great councell not only the nobillity of the father but like-wise whether they bee borne of lawfull matrimony and of no common woman but of some honorable degree and condition wherof a regester is kept by one of the cheefe magistrates termed the Auogario of the Common-wealth But to returne to our history the Emperor Charles was in all places highly praised and commended for his fortunate successe and for breaking the enemies army Duke Fredericke and the Landgraue were yet vnuanquished who despayring as authors of al those troubles of obtaining the Emperors fauour did still continew in their rebellion and yet for all that men might perceiue that they could not long resist the forces or so great and victorious a Prince The Pope calling to mind by himself whatsoeuer was past perceiued how much more proffitable it had beene for him to haue followed the Venetians councell whose wisdom he highly praised for he saw no prosperous successe of any thing that he had taken in hand The councell lay open as before the Emperor doing it to content the people of Germany although by reason of the warre certaine Prelats were gone home againe That Pietro Lodouico was in no great fafety in regard the warre was so sonne ended the which he thought would haue continued longer with diuers other matters which discontented him and gaue him cause to complaine The Emperor on the other side made his complaints saying that he had broken promise with him because the warre being not yet ended which hee had begun thorow his perswasion he had countermanded his troupes leauing him still entangled in Germany betwixt two mighty enemies the Duke of Saxony and the Landgraue of Hesse the which he much amplified to draw the Pope to a new contribution of mony or that hee might haue leaue to make vse of the wealth of the Churches of Spaine which he had often craued or els to make his victories seeme greater by exalting the enemies forces so as they made him more proud and encreased in him his desire to rule especially after that he had in battaile vanquished and taken Iohn Fredericke Duke of Saxony prisoner and enforced the Landgraue to craue his pardon wherevpon entring intriumphant manner into the Citty of Ausbourge he there held a Diet where he obtayned whatsoeuer he demanded for his owne proffit and commodity Yet neuer-the-lesse in the middest of all these prosperities his mind stil ran vpon the affaires of Italy how he might keep to himselfe the State of Milan whither he sent great store of ordnance which he had taken from diuers Lords of Germany with great numbers of Spanish foot as those in whom he reposed most trust and him-selfe going thither afterwards caused the oth of allegiance to be made vnto him-selfe and to him whom he should appoint for their Prince meaning his Sonne Philip who for that purpose was shortly to passe into Italy yet neuer-the-lesse he procured an agreement with the Swisses whereby they were bound to maintaine and defend the State of Milan He had moreouer placed foure hundred Spaniards in Siena for the gard of the Citty with an officer of his owne who in diuers matters vsed great authority and went about to build a Castle there that he might afterwards make him-selfe absolute maister thereof vnder collour of the commotions of the people and nobility who being not able in the end to endure to see them-selues brought into bondage had driuen the Spaniards forth of the citty and committed diuers other outrages against the Imperiall Maiestie he did likewise vse meanes to seaze on the towne of Piombino to take it from the true Lord vpon sundry pretences promising to recompence him with some other place hoping to make vse of the commodiousnesse of that place being seated on the sea of Tuscany and fit for his other deseigns But his seasing on the Citty of Placentia together with the death of Petro Lodouico did more then all the rest amaze euery man and especially the Pope for the ful accomplishment of the Emperors happinesse there died at the same time not long one after another the two greatest and mightiest Kings of Christendome Francis the first of that name French King and Henry the eight King of England so that all things seemed to fauour him and to fall out according to his desire seeing that those two great and mighty Princes being taken away who were his enemies and enuious of his greatnesse hee remained alone of him-selfe in a manner Iudge and Vmpier of all matters with a soueraygne authority Henry Daulphin of France succeeded King Francis his Father not onely in the crowne but in the selfe same affections and desires in no sort to giue way to the Emperors fortune The Senate were greatly greeued with King Francis death where-vpon they chose two Ambassadors namely Vittore Grimani and Mateo Dandulo who were in all hast to goe into France to the new King and according to the custome to bewaile with him his fathers death and next to congratulate his comming to the crowne and to assure him that the Venetian Republike was disposed and resolued to continue peace and friendship with him as it had done with his Father the late King As for Henry King of England Italy was not so much greeued fot him that Kingdom being farther off the Venetians alone bewayled him by reason of their ordinary commerce and trafficke into that realme for which they
Councel and haue a watchfull eie on the defence of their State supposing that remedy alone to be sufficient for that time to free them from all feare and dangers and therefore they did not thinke it necessary to enter into a more strict and particular vnion whereby they might stirre vp and prouoke those that were desirous to trouble their peace Although this answer did not greatly please the Pope and King they did neuer-the-lesse dissemble it because they would not altogether estrange them from their friendship and loose their hope of seeing them one day hauing changed their minds to bee ioyned with them Wherupon commending the graue and mature Councell of that Senate they said that when they should haue a further insight into the Emperors intention which could not bee long concealed together with the suspition which all men had conceiued of his ambition they would then on a sodaine resolue with true and firme foundations to assure that which concerned themselues and the whole State of Italy Now notwithstanding this resolution of the Venetians that their hope of their good successe in their own enterprises was for the most part lost the desire neuer-the-lesse of taking armes against the Emperor was not diminished neither in the Pope nor French King and being not able in the meane time by reason of sundry difficulties to come to open force yet diuers secret practises were broched betwixt the French and the Farneses in sundry Citties of Italy cheefly at Genoa Siena Millan Citties infected with the humors of diuers factions The yeere following 1548. was in a manner spent in such like businesses secret practizes conspiracies of Princes against one ano◅hers States yet without any effect of importance For although the French King was desirous to trouble Italy that he might altogether keepe the Emperor busied there and yet neuer-the-les he thought it a weake and feeble thing to build his hopes vpon the Popes friendship who was very old and poore one already in the graue perhaps not very firme constant to maintaine war if the Emperor should propound vnto him as it was likely he would by reason of his alliance with Octauio Farnese some means of agreement he did likewise perceiue that the Venetians being not wel resolued to take arms were stil desirous to remaine neuters were so strongly vnited with the Emperor since certen yeares as he thought it an impossibility to bee able to disioyne them besides he was desirous to pursue the war with y◠English hoping by reason of the contētion in Englād betwixt the Gouernors of the yong King not only to keepe Scotland which he hoped one day would fall to his eldest son by the mariage of the Infanta of that kingdom but likewise to win recouer the towne of Bouloigne by means whereof although he continued his sundry practizes not only with the Pope concerning Parma but likewise at Genoa Siena for the alteration of the gouernment of those townes depending on the Emperors authority yet neuer-the-les hee made no preparation to put his desiegnes in execution nor declared himselfe openly the Emperors enemy The Pope on the other side beeing extreamly desirous to reuenge the wrongs which the Emperor had done him and to restore the Citty of Placentia to his house did greatly doubt whither it were best for him to proceed therein by armes or by way of agreement some-times hee hoped that the Emperor as Lord of so many great States although hee did for a time shew himselfe sterne and seuere would not in the end depriue Octauio his sonne in lawe with his children descended from that mariage of that State and reduce them to a priuate fortune and condition for which hee had more then once sent expresse messengers vnto him to entreat him to deliuer the Citty of Placentia to Octauio and to for beare to molest him any more about the possession of the Citty of Parma but at the same time that hee sent these Ambassadors hee dealt with the Fre◅ch King to take Duke Octauto with the Citty of Parma into his protection against the Imperiall forces The Pope in this sort beeing tossed vp and downe resolued for the satisfying of the Emperor and the Almaines with whom hee was at oddes in regard of the Councel which he would haue had to be kept at Bolognia and others at Trent to send the Bishop of Fane his Nuncio to the Emperor and the Bishop of Verona at the same time for his Legat into Germany with power and authority to grant the Almains sundry things which they craued for some alteration of the ordinary customes in the Romaine Church the which the Emperor had iustly lookt into the better to bridle that nation after that he had granted them the Interim and in the meane time for an answer to the Pope hee fed him and the Duke Octauio likewise with sundry hopes without any certaine resolution propounding sundry kinds of agreement vnto them some times that hee would recompence him with some other State in an other place then he said that he would first see who had most right to that State either the Church or the Empire at other times likewise seeming to bee discontented insteed of surrendring Placentia hee demanded to haue Parma deliuered to him in a word those which best knew his inward meaning did suppose that he went about by those incerteinties to entangle the Pope in perpetuall doubts hauing already determined with himselfe by no meanes to quit the Citty of Placentia as beeing very commodious for the State of Milan but sought to prolong and giue time and to keepe himself from beeing enforced to take armes waiting for the Popes sodaine death that he might in the meane time be able to execute his other great deseignes Now whilest the Christian Princes enemies to peace did in this manner vex themselues with sundry thoughts their Estates were by meere chance and vnknowne to themselues freed from the assaults of the Turkish armes because Soliman was desirous to lead his Army appointed for Hungary against Persia beeing therevnto prouoked by a desire of glory which hee hoped to purchase by the defeate of Tamas forces This caused him more willingly to grant the truce for which Ferdinand had sent an Ambassadge to him to Constantinople which was confirmed for fiue yeares on condition that Ferdinand should pay him a yearely tribute of thirty thousand Ducats for the lands which he possessed in Hungary The Venetians in this agreement were on both sides mentioned which procured them much safety and reputation especially by that wherein it was expresly said that none of those that were mentioned should during the time of the truce trouble the peace and quiet one of another There hapned certainly at the same a matter worthy of note which was that our Princes distrusting one another did of themselues by diminishing their owne reputation encrease the authority and pride
this word faction hatcht at Rome about Ecclesiasticall dignities might afterwards slippe among them and infect the Common-wealth and this is the reason why they haue abstained from it Now after a long strife Giouan Maria Cardinall of Monte was for his sanctity created Pope who was borne at Mont S. Seue inâ—… in Tuscany a man who obteining the dignity of Cardinal not by fauour of Nobility or help of kindred was reputed to be very vertuous and especially to be a man newter the Venetians being very ioyfull for this election were perswaded that he depending no more on the Emperor then on the French King they might procure him to hold them both for friends and mediate likewise betwixt them and especially in Italy a firme peace Wherevpon the Senate did speedily write to Matteo Dandulo their Ambassador at Rome to congratulate Pope Iulâ—…us for so the new Pope would be termed who was the third of that name with great demonstration of friendship and entire affection then within a while after determining to send a solemne Ambassage to him to present their vsual and due obedience foure of the chiefe Senators were chosen namely Philippo Tron Francesco Contaren Marc-Antonio Venieri and Nicolao de Ponte But the effects did in no sort answer the hope which men had conceiued of this new Pope and especially in that all men did expect desire namely that he would appease the troubles prouide for the quiet of Christendom and for the safety of Italy For addicting himselfe to buildings and other vaine matters he seemed to contemne serious things and such as beseemed the ranck grade which he held and the miserable condition of those times in which Christendome was in diuerse places much afflicted For notwithstanding that peace ensued betwixt France and England all men did neuerthelesse perceiue that the same peace was the beginning of a farre greater warre For 〈◊〉 the French King beeing greedy of Fame and finding him-selfe freed from the warre with the English hauing recouered the towne of Bulloigne could not long liue in quiet for Horatio Farnese comming into France to entreate his Maiestie to take his house himselfe and brother into his protection and to defend and keepe the Citty of Parma things which had beene already motioned by others he was very kindly welcommed and the King did embrace his protection vpon certaine conditions beeing desirous to disturbe the peace of Italy whereby he might afterwards haue a more open occasion to take armes against the Emperor hoping more-ouer although the matter fell out very diuersly that it would open him away either to vnite himselfe more strictly with the Pope or at least to disioyne him from the Emperor by taking vpon him to defend a vassall of the Church whom the Emperor went about to oppresse and ruine the Popes entreaties beeing of no force to make him desist from his enterprise by meanes whereof fire was already much kindled in the heart of Italy King Ferdinand on the other side hoping vnder coullor of some contention betwixt the Barons of the Realme of Hungary and certaine rebellion hapned in Transiluania to bee able to impatronize that Prouince departed from Augustâ—… vpon sundry promises of ayde which the Emperor had made to him the better to induce him to quit the succession of the Empire to his sonne Philip and went into Austria where he had already assembled a Dyet to leuy men and money for such an enterprize it was besides reported that Soliman at his returne from Persia to Constantinople could not endure that the young King of Hungary who was vnder his protection should be so dispoiled of part of his dominions as also for that hee accounted the fiue yeares truce to haue beene broken by Doria who â—…ad taken certaine places froâ—… him in Affrick held by Dragut which he had manned with Spanish Garrisons â—…o that all these things beeing exactly considered were presages of great warres These accidents did greatly displease the Venetians and by so much the more as they were in hope to prolong the truce for a longer time Soliman beeing come to Constantinople beeing willing to shew how desirous hee was to continue friend to the Venetians sent a Chiaus to Venice to acquaint them with his returne from Persia with his happy successe exâ—…olling according to the manner of that nation all his exploits done there saying That in regard hee found the Persians stronger then he expected his attempts had not succeeded to his desire The Senate beeing desirous still to enterteine Solimans friendship resolued to do the like by him and to send an Ambassador to his Port wherevpon Catherin Zene was appointed to that end who although he was foure score and foure yeares of age did not refuse to vndertake so long and tedious a iourney for the seruice of his counâ—…rey His Ambassage was to great purpose for by his wisdom he caused to be troden vnder foot the complaints which the Turkes made for the death of Saba Râ—…is so often reiterated wherevpon Soliman promised that it should neuer more bee remembred In this manner was the yeare 1550. spent famous of it selfe ouer all Christendome it beeing the yeare of Iubilee but it was more noted by the publication of the Councell of Trent whither speedily from all places diuerse Prelates began to come then there hapned a great dearth of corne which was in a manner generall but greater in Italy then in other places whereby it behooued Princes to open their treasures for the reliefe of their poore subiects and in particular the Signiory of Venice who prouiding with singular bounty and affection for the necessity of the people of the Citty and other their subiects gaue great guifts to such as brought come to Venice to prouoke those of forraine countries to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 which was afterwards distributed among other Townes of their obedience The yeare following 1551. did open great warres ouer all Italy whereof the Pope by his 〈◊〉 rather then of malice was the chiefe Author who by little and little falling from his first resolution did publish monitories against Octanio Farnese of whom not long before himselfe had taken vpon him the defense and tuition accusing and cursing the French Kings protection of the citty of Parma although that according to the common report when hee was made acquainted therewith hee seemed to allow it or at least in no sort to contradict it Hee did not consider how that by his ordinary reuiling of the French and the Farneses he did enforce them to league themselues more strictly together and to augment their forces which hee hauing no meanes to resist in that hee had not prouided in time was enforced to haue recourse to the Emperor who for the very selfe same matter of Parma was displeased with him Hee was by little and little falne into these inconueniences by the craft of the the Imperials vnknowne to him his owne seruants in
seazed vpon three Imperiall citties Metz Thou and Verdun that Queene Mary hauing raised an army of Flemmings had beseeged Hesdin and how that his owne army on the contrary did dayly decay by reason of the contagious sickenesse which was crept into it whereby he was enforced to leaue the contry of Luxembourg and by breaking off the corse of his victories to send a great part of his forces to winter at home in their owne houses and to leade the residew to the frontiers of his Kingdome to gard it and in the meane time tenne thousand Spanish foote-men came and ioyned with the Emperor The Marquis Albert of Brandenbourg who in the beginning held the kings party changing his mind turned with his forces to the Emperors side so as by example diuers of the chefest of Germany did the like who at the first had made shew to fauour the King after-wards they fell at ods with him because he would not graunt their demands which were altogether vnreasonable The Emperor being moued by these new accidents resolued without any more delay to go in person with his forces to beseege the Citty of Metz not-with-standing that winter drew neare and that the Castle of the Citty which was great both by situation and arte and excellently well manned with diuers good Captaines did disswade him from that enterprize together with his owne seruants who were of a contrary opinion For that action being made out of season had no prosperous successe for after that he had extreamely trauelled his Army and lost great numbers of soldiors he was enforced to retire hauing done more hurt to him-selfe then to his enemies In the meane time an other fire which had a long time layne raked vp in ashes began to breake forth in Italy for the Siennois being not able to endure the ouer cruell and seuere gouernment of the Spaniards resoluing to driue them forth of their Citty sent messengers to Rome to acquaint the French Agents there with their resolution crauing their aide and fauour therein promising to keepe their city for the French King This offer for which diuers secret practizes had beene already made in France was willingly entertained and commandement was forthwith giuen to certaine foot companies of the Kings that lay at Parma and Miranda to goe thither and prosently after the Lord of Sansac went thither to encourage the people to whose aide other forces being brought by the Count Pettillan the Spaniards were driuen forth of the towne their fort rased and diuers other indignities were committed such force hath the peoples liberty not being restrained by lawes or power of the Magistrate to the disgrace and contempt of the Emperor they tore in peeces his Ensignes brake his priuiledges and trod his armes vnder their feete the which did make the matter more odious and did the more incense the Emperour against them who being desirous not to delay his reuenge vpon the Sienois nor to suffer the French to haue an other place of retreat in Italy did command Don Petro of Toledo Viceroy of Naples to march speedily into Tuscany with fiue thousand Almaine and Spanish footmen seeing that the Realme of Naples was in no danger to be enuaded and that he should attempt to reduce Sienna vnder his obedience It was supposed that the deseignes of the French succeeding prosperously would greatly hurt the Emperour For although the French did publikely say that they had taken the defense of the city vpon them to free it from the tyranny and oppression of the Spaniards and to restore it to her former liberty and spendor yet neuerthelesse they plainly made shew of their meaning therein in regard that refusing all motions of agreement that were propounded they went about to place their Garrisons in that city for their owne behoofe and in other places depending thereon and to leauy forces in Italy for their owne deseignes wherevpon the French King craued of the Siennois that in recompence of their liberty they would declare themselues friends to his friends and enemies to his enemies Now the Viceroy being desirous to execute the Emperors commandement hauing obtained passage through the Churches territories the Pope saying that he had giuen him leaue by reason hee had no meanes to hinder him entred with his army vpon the Siennois territory and spoyling whatsoeuer he met with he tooke certaine weake places by a voluntary reddition for the stronge townes were well fortified with men victuals and all other necessaries so that the Imperials would haue spent much time in winning them wherein the Viceroy being very wilfull beseeged Montalcina because if that fort should hold out Sienna being well prouided of all things would be in lesse danger But the Siennois doubt to be seuerely punished by the Emperour if hee should take their city did mighily encourage them to their owne defense together with the hope to bee soone rid from the Imperiall army by reason of the Turkish and French forces which were to come into the Realme of Naples The Venetians had done all they could to quench this fire kindled in Italy fearing like men that saw their neighbor houses on fire that it might fall vpon theirs but by their valor and discretion they auoided it In the meane time a famous Pirate called Mustapha Bifo scouring their seas entred the Adriatricke Gulphe with diuers Fusts spoyling and robbing whatsoeuer he met with vpon the coast of Dalmatia Cristofero Canalis Admirall of the Gulphe went forth to meet him with certaine Gallies and incountring with him he did brauely assaile him and hauing sunke all his vessels he tooke this Mustapha and struck off his head vpon the side of his Galley Thus ended the yeare 1552. the ensuing yeare was full of warre as well in Tuscany as in Piedmond and Picardy the Emperor making great preparations of men and money to renue the war with the French that he might recouer his reputation which he supposed to haue lost at the seege of Metz. At the same time Petro Zene being chiefe of the councell of forty communicated to the councell of Tenne that it was necessary to reuiue the remembrance and execution of the last will and testament of the Cardinall Zene who in his time hauing beene very rich had left a goodly and honorable Legacy of a yeerly rent of two thousand one hundred Ducats to the Prince Signory and Senate to forraine Ambassadors to the Clergy and diuers others as is more at large mentioned in his testament on condition that all of them should be present at the seruice yeerely celebrated in the month of May in Saint Markes Church by his appointment the which being granted did procure great magnificence to the memory of that great Prelat and gaue much content to the whole family At the same time great troubles arose in England by the death of yong King Edward the sixth whom his sister Mary succeeded in that Kingdome Prince Donato in the
meane time after that he had repaired and embellished the Ducall palace after the same manner as it is to be seene at this day and by his example animated diuers Senators to doe the like departed forth of this life to the great griefe of all men in the seuenth yeere and sixth month of his principallity and lieth buried in Saint Maries of Serui. MARC-ANTONIO TREVISAN the eighty Duke MARC-ANTONIO TREVISAN sonne to that Dominico Treuisan who was so renowned for his great seruice done to his country succeeded him after the accustomed manner He was a man of such integrity and holinesse of life as they had much to doe to perswade him to accept the dignity for being a good man and brought vp from his youth in all simplicity he knew not what ambition did meane At the last being enforced by his friends he consented to their pleasure with as great humillity and modesty as could be desired so as being feared and honoured of euery one he maintained iustice without any parciallity He found the Republike at peace both at home and abroad by the discreet gouernment of his predecessors who had cut off all occasions of warre with forraine Princes continuing still Newters In the meane time Cosmo Duke of Florence hauing declared himselfe against the Siennois sent Giouan Giacomo de Medicis Marquis of Marignan with Italian Spanish forces to assaile them The French King being incensed there at commanded Pietro Strossi his Lieutenant Generall in Italy to beseege the city of Florence to vse meanes to take it and to restore it to her former liberty expelling the Duke but the Marquis preuenting Strossi came with his forces vnlooked for in the night to assaile the city of Sienna and hauing at his first arriuall giuen iâ—… vpon one of the Gates the allarme was so hot as euery man ranne thither whereby he was repulsed and enforced to retire but with no losse of courage for in his retreate he seized on a fort builded with in a Harquebuze shot from the walles which the Lord of Termes had caused to be made there for the defense of the city and fortifying himselfe therein he could not be driuen thence by any meanes that the Siennois or Strossi could vse who vpon the report thereof came speedily to Sienna where for the safety of the city he caused an other fort to be built betwixt that of the enemies and the Gate forth of which they did vsually come to skirmish Strossi after that marching into the field with certaine troupes surprized Rodolfo Baillon and Ascania de la Corne who were going vpon an enterprize against Chiusi whom he put to rout slew Baillon and sent Ascanio prisoner to the King who did ransomlesse set him at liberty Thus passed this yeere 1553. which was full of warres in sundry places the next ensuing was not exempted from it and yet the Venetians were no way touched there with being spectators of other mens games they themselues hauing no hand therein though warre was very neere them as well in Tuscany as in Parma and Mirandola and afterwards in the Isle of Corse against the Geneuois the Emperors partisans In this manner did the city of Venice enioy an assured peace on euery side when on a morning Prince Treuisan being at Masse in the Hall of the Heads died sodainely of a faintnesse that tooke him proceeding according to the common report from to much abstinence hauing gouerned eleuen monthes and seuen and twenty daies hee lieth buried in the Church of the Saints Iohn and Paul FRANCISCO VENIERI the eighty one Duke FRANCISCO VENIERI a man of sixty foure yeers old was vpon the eleuenth of Iune chosen in his steed The Republike likewise was in his time at peace whilest fiers of warre flamed in all places neere vnto them and that no Prince or common-wealth of Italy but felt the misery thereof the armes of the French and the Imperials ranging euery where abroad In this sort was the yeere 1554. spent which in sundry places was full of warre desolation fiers smoke and ashes in the yeere following diuers alterations of State were seene For first Pope Iulius the third deceased on the three and twentith day of March whom the Cardinall Marcello Ceruin succeeding who was a Tuscan by Nation death within a while after buried both his name and memory Giouan Pietro Caraffa a Neapolitan called in former times the Cardinall Theatin was chosen in his place who being termed Paul the fourth did at his entrance put all men in great hope of a good reformation in the Church and of a generall peace to which he being not able to induce the Emperor and French King warre beganne to kindle more then before Sienna after a long seege did through want of Victuals yeeld to the Imperials and yet vpon honorable composition which was partly performed but not altogether The Emperor Charles at the same time bending vnder the burthen of worldly affaires and being discontented to see that great good fortune which had euer accompanied him in all his haughty enterprizes to giue place to that of the French King or else being touched with some remorse of conscience for hauing beene the occasion of so much bloudshed in Christendome in regard of the length of the sad precedent warres sent for his sonne Philip forth of England to Bruxels and resoluing to quit the Empire his owne Kingdomes and honours of this world did by authenticall letters of the fiue and twentith of October resigne vnto him all his Lands and Signories enioyning all his Estates and subiects to acknowledge him their true and lawfull King determining to withdraw himselfe as he afterwards did into a Monastery in Spaine hauing likewise renounced the administration of the Empire to King Ferdinand his brother and recommended him by letters to all the Princes and Potentates of Germany Philip then according to his fathers earnest exhortation seemed very much to encline to peace but in regard of the great difficulties which were found therein on either side truce was granted for fiue yeeres that in the meane time they might haue leisure to conclude a peace but this truce likewise was as soone broken as concluded being supposed to haue beene but a false baite to delay the prouisions of the French in Piedmont whilest the Duke of Alba should set forward wherevpon warre beganne againe more hotly then before to the great griefe of al men which continued the yeere following 1556. in which Prince Venieri being ill disposed of his person aud ordinarily sicke departed forth of this mortall life hauing grouerned two yeeres one month and one and twenty daies and is buried in Saint Sauiors Church LORENZO PRIVLI the eighty two Duke THE Senate being afterwards assembled according to the vsual manner did in his stead elect Lorenzo Priuli a man wise and learned At the beginning of his principallity the plague beganne to shew it selfe which within a while after ceased by the
places placing in them strong Garrisons Vppon a rumor spred abroad that the Duke of Alua should publiquely say that hee accounted warre to beee open betwixt Spaine and France the most Christian King was mooued thereat made many complaints by his Ambassadors not onely at Rome and Venice but in Spaine also beeing partly greeued that his cheefe officers did affirme so important a matter the which as himselfe detested hee supposed others would doe the like in part like-wise going about to iustifie his owne actions from which it seemed that the Duke of Aluas suspition proceeded causing him to vse such speech The Christian King affirmed that those French which had followed the Count Nassau at the taking of Valenciennes were indeed his subiects but all of them of the Protestant faction and by consequent disobedient rebels to the Crowne of France that hee had euer beene greatly greeued for the troubles in Flanders as one that in his owne kingdome had too much experience of subiects rebellion and whose part it was to roote out and not by such examples to cherish the boldnesse of vassâ—…ls against their Prince beeing as desirous of the wealth of Christendome as any other liuing although his owne particular troubles would not at that time permit him to shew it in effect and seeing with his owne forces hee could not assist them his meaning was not to hinder the good intent of others that he had some armed vessels ready not to assaile or offend any one but onely for the safety of his owne seas infested by Pyrates the number of his vessels being insufficient for any great action These or such like discourses did the French Kings Ambassadors by their maisters commandement vse in Spaine Rome and Venice and to giue the greater credit vnto them they were by Edict euery where published with a prohibition to all French men on greeuous penalties not to passe with their armes into Flanders and not satisfied here-with his most Christian Maiesty seemed at the same time to incline to the league wherevpon the Cardinall Lorraine by his commandement did often conferre with the Venetian Ambassador resident in his Court concerning that businesse whom hee went about to perswade that the French King was wholy bent to procure the peace of Christendome with a singular affection toward the Crowne of Spaine All this notwithstanding the Spaniards were no better satsfied then before saying That the French did but this to coulor their practises and to open themselues a way to assaile the Catholick Kings territories in sundry places That they had certaine notice how that the King of Nauarre and the Admirall Coligni did openly vrge the most Christian King to vndertake that warre whom hee must needs please in regarde of his owne particularinterest the chiefe Lords and Princes of his Court mainteining that France would neuer bee at quiet vnlesse the King did resolue vpon some forraine enterprise wherein to employ both Catholicks and Protestants and among others that of Flanders seemed the easiest for many respects That he might make that warre with some coulor by reason of the claime of the Crowne of France to those Countries in which warre without all question the Queene of England would willingly haue a share in regard of her distast of the Catholik King That the marshall ot Montmorency went into England to none other end then to conclude the League with the English and that both of them together beeing freed from other troubles might the easlier enuade the Netherlands Besides that the French Kings league with the Turke made them to suspect that hee went about to procure the Turkes Army to enuade the Catholick King as they had done in former times especially seeing it was reported that the Turke had giuen the citty of Tunis to the French King and promised with his forces to defend it against the Spaniards The Pope beeing greatly mooued at these delayes as well for the common interest of Christendome as his owne reputation which hee accounted to bee much blemished in that hee at his first comming to the Papacy hauing freely confirmed the league the Nauy should now become idle and vnprofitable or else be imployed to any other end which the King of Spaine could not doe it beeing set forth at the Clergies cost by permission and authority of the Sea Apostolick onely against the Turkes This caused his Holinesse to send new messengers to D. Iohn to command him speedily to depart and ioyne with the Venetians fleet and on the other he councelled the Venetians to dispatch speedy Ambassadors to the French and Spanish courts to root out all suspitious doubts and distrusts betwixt those Kings and particularly to incite the Catholick Maiesty to send away his fleet without any more delay according to the articles of the league His Holinesse sent his Nuncios for that purpose Antonio Maria Saluiati Bishop of Saint Peposito the French King and Nicolo Ormaneti Bishop of Padua to the King of Spaine The Emperor likewise vsed meanes to attone these two Kings being mooued therevnto by sundry particular respects of his owne but the Venetians more then any shewed themselues earnest and ready in this businesse as well in regard of their owne interest as for that they were loath to giue the Pope any cause to suspect that by not stirring in so important a deseigne their mindes were turned to peace and thereby to distaste him of the league They then according to his commandement chose two Ambassadors namely Giouan Micaele for France and Antonio Tepulo for Spaine who made hast to those Courts Michaele being come into France did briefly acquaint the King with the Senates desire to see a firme and assured peace established betwixt Christian Princes that being afterwards vnited they might turne their forces vpon the common enemy he told him that the Venetians were much discontented with the rebellions of Flanders and with the iealozies which therevpon arose betwixt his Maiesty and the Catholike King which if they should haue lasted could not but haue procured great hurt to Christendome but by how much the matter was great and important of it selfe by so much the lesse could the Senate be induced to beleeue it being well acquainted with his Maiesties discreet loue and affection to the common good And because the perswations of those who are enemies to peace and who for their owne particular interest are wont to diuert Princes from their good and honourable deseignes the Senate would not be wanting therein following the custome of their ancestors to imploy in that businesse the fauour which it particularly presumed to haue with his Maiesty to exhort him to stop his eares to such inducements and if peraduenture he had already entertained them that it might please him in the behalfe of Christendome and for his particular loue to their Commonwealth to cassier them to the end that the Catholike King freed from that doubt might freely harken to the enterprises of the
The Dukes request to the people ibi The bodies throwne vpon the common dunghill ibi The Emperours cruell Edict against the Venetians 54 The peoples reuenge on the Calloprini ibi Three sonnes of Stephano Calloprini slaine ib. The situation of Pharos 57 Those of Pharos summoned ibi The taking of the Castle and Towne of Pharos called Lessina 58 The Emperour graunts sundry priuiledges to the Venetians 59 Tho Emperor Otho comes to Venice in disguise ibid. The Dukes last will 60 Too great nicenesse of a woman 84 The sundry passages of the Christians into Syria 72 The strength of Nicea 73 The Turkish succour defeated 74 The great danger the Christians were in ibi The taking of Iconium 75 Tharsis being yielded is giuen to Baldwin ibi Treachery of a Citizen of Antioch 78 The taking of Antioch ibid. Tripoly besieged by the Christians 79 The defeat of the enemy before Ierusalem with the number of the dead 83 Acon taken by Baldwin 85 The taking of Sydon 86 The Castle of Soball builded by Baldwin ibi The Emperours mediation betweene the Venetians and Paduans 87 Two great accidents of fiâ—…e ibid. Truce with Hungary for 5. yeres 88 The Duke of Venice comes to Ierusalem 92 The lot fell vpon Tyre ib. Tyre besieged ibi The distrust conceiued against the Venetians 93 The Christians stratagem before Tyre ibid. The third part of Tyre giuen to the Venetians 94 The building of the Hospitall of the publike charitie 95 The originall of the games at Shrouetide 101 The answer made to the Greeke Ambassadours ibi Treachery of Emanuel 102 The contagious sickenesse in the Venetian armie 103 Three great pillars brought to Venice 104 The recompence which the Inginer demaunded 105 The true cause of Vitalis his death 106 The Emperor Fredericks rigorous Edict against the Pope 107 The Prince imbarketh himselfe in the Popes presence 108 The Emperor arriues at Venice 109 The Emperors obedience to the Pope ibid. The ornaments and ensignes of the venetian Princes 110 The death of Cyani and his last will ibi The recouerie of Zara. 117 Theodore Lascaris sallies foorth on the Christian pilgrims 118 The mutuall comfort of the father and the sonne 119 The treachery of Myrtillus 120 Thomaso Morosino Patriarke of Constantinople 121 The Princes liberality to the new Emperour ibid. Thrace reduced to the Emperors obedience ibi Thomaso confirmed Patriarke by the Pope 122 The names of the Islands possessed by particular persons 125 The Bishops See at Malomoc translated to Chioggia 127 The Emperour Peter murdred ib. Tepulo Gouernour of Candie 131 Two Prouidators giuen to euery armie 135 The Pope excommunicateth the Emperour Fredericke 139 The riuers Brent and Bacchillion turned backewards 142 Twelue thousand Praenestines slaine by Sylla in cold blood 143 The originall of the war betwixt the Venetians and Genoueses 146 Their difference referred to the Pope ibidem The Popes Sentence ibidem The treatie of peace broken 147 To what extreamitie Baldwin was brought 149 Treachery of the Greeks against the French ibid. Tyre besieged by the venetians 151 The Genoueses ambush discouered 151 Three Genoueses gallies taken by the venetians ibid. The people beare small respect to the Prince 152 Truce graunted betwixt the venetians and the Genoueses 154 Those of Ancona complaine to the venetians 155 The truce betwixt the venetians and the Genoueses prolonged ib. Thrieste besieged by the venetians 159 The distance betwixt Venice and Genoa 162 The Conspiratours designe 166 The tenour of the Excommunication 168 Those of Pera constrained to sue for peace 173 Turkes put to flight by the venetians 175 Treachery practised by Mastin 182 The suburbs of Mestra burnt by Mastin 183 The territory of Verona spoiled 186 The King of England craueth aide against the French King 191 Truce take with Lewis king of Hungary 197 Those of Cape-histria reuolt ibi Those punished which did not follow the Senates commandement 198 The Genoa-gallies taken 199 The armie returneth to Venice with great booty 200 Truce taken with Visconte 207 The manner of Phalerio his conspiracy ibi The discouerer of the conspiracy recompenced with his discontent 209 The king of Hungary his great armie in Dalmatia 212 The king of Hungary besiegeth Treuiso ibid. Treuiso brauely defended 213 The king infringeth the peace 214 Threatnings of the Candiots 288 The situation of Anopolis 224 Thryestines doe reuolt 225 Thryestines resolue to yield to the Duke of Austria ibi Thryestines returne to the venetians obedience 226 Traitours in the Senate knowne and punished 226 The king of Hungary resolueth vpon peace 230 The enemies put to flight before Longina 231 The Fort of Catharra yielded 236 The common complaint of the people 246 The peoples talke in fauour of Pisani ibi The Genoueses determination fearing to be shut vp 253 The Genoueses beate backe the Venetians to their gallies ibid. The Stellani warre on the Genoueses 254 Two and fiftie gallies in the venetians army by sea 255 Tumult in the venetian army 257 Thryeste reuolteth and yieldeth to the Genoueses 263 The Castles of Thryeste razed by the inhabitants 264 Treachery of two Captaines of the garrison of Conigliana 272 The traitors punished ibid. Thryestines yield to Leopold 277 The Castle of Padua recouered for Nouello 279 The death of Paulo Sabello 285 The goodly situation of Verona 286 Two Forts at Verona ibid. The poore entertainement which the Paduans gaue Carrario returning without peace 287 The death of Pipus 292 The Florentines Ambassadour at Venice 298 The Castle of Bressia yielded to the Venetians 312 The Dukes of Sauoy and Montferrat make incursions on the Milanois 319 The chiefe of Florence animated against the Venetians 324 Those of Luca craue aide of the venetians of Philip and the Sienois ibid. The Prince outraged by a mad-man 325 Thessalonica in Macedonia taken by the Turkes 327 Tollentine leaueth Philips partie 329 The Prince of Mantua Generaâ—…l of the venetian armie 334 The two nauall armies of the venetians and Genoueses returne home 335 Treaty of peace almost concluded broken off 341 Those of Casal desire parlie 347 Treachery plotted against the veneâ—…ians 348 The two armies skirmish 352 The vnlooked for danger whereinto the Common-wealth was like to haue fallen ibi Those of the vally of Sabia seeke to sâ—…op their passage 354 The order which the besieged Bressans kept in the Citty 356 The part of a true Generall of an army 373 The valour of Contareni 382 Three new Procurators of S. Marke created 396 The king of Arragons daughter commeth to Venice 397 The thiefe that would haue robbd the treasury of Venice hanged and the accuser recompenced 410 The king of Bossina sendeth Presents to the venetian Prince 416 Turkish cruelty 424 Turkes successe both in Asia and Europe 427 Traitor punished according to his deserts 432 Turkes before Naples 434 Turkes leaue Naples ibid. Thryeste besieged 435 Thryeste and Arimini freed from the siege 436 Turkish fleet at Tenedos 441 Turkish fleet before Nigrepont 442 Treason
comming causeth the Venetian Army to retire to the Citties The Citty of Cambraâ—… chosen for the â—…reaty oâ—… peace The Venetian Senate are male content with the Frâ—…ch King The Venetians giue authorâ—…ty to their Ambassadors to be present at the treaty of Cambray The Uenetians meaning concerning the Articles of peace The Venetians suspect the Kings carriage Triuulcio his request to the Venetians from the King The Venetians answers to Triuulcio The Venetians recourse to the King of England The Emperor arriuall an Genoa Nomâ—…er of the Emperors 〈◊〉 in Italy Italy amazed at the Emperor crmming Florentines send Amâ—…assadors to the Emperor VVhat kâ—…pt the Venetians from sending Ambassadâ—…s to the Emperor Great preparatiâ—…ns of the Venetians The Uenetians exhortation to the consederats The Venetians offers to the Duke oâ—… Ferrara Publicatioâ—… of the treaty of Cambâ—…ay The Kings request to the Venetians The Venetians answer to the King The King entreateth the Emperor to make an accord with the Venetians Soliman taketh 〈◊〉 The Hereticks begin to stirre in Germany The 〈◊〉 in desirous of 〈◊〉 accord with 〈◊〉 Venetians The Venetian â—…nswere to those that spaâ—… to them oâ—… Peace with the Empeâ—…or Expectation of the enteruiew at Bolognia Sundry opinions in the Senate concerning the motion oâ—… 〈◊〉 with the Emperor A Discourse made in Senate concerning peace with the Emperor A Discourse in Senate contrary to the â—…ormer The Senatâ—…s resolution The Pope and the Empâ—…ror come to Bolognia The Imperials dâ—…mand concerning the accord for Milan The Duke of Milans great humility to the Emperor The Articles of peace betwixt the Emperor and the Vâ—…netians The Florentines great trouble VVhat moued the Emperor to enâ—…orcethe Florenâ—…ines to obey the Pope Soliman restoreth Iohn King of Hungary to his Kingdome The Venetianâ—… send Ambassadors to the Pope and the Emperor The Ambassadors discharge their duties to the Princes The Emperor is crowned at Bolognia The Emperors guiâ—…t to the Venetian Ambassadors brought into the publike treasury The Mâ—…rquisate of Mantâ—…a is erected into a Dutchy The great entertainment giuen to the Emperor on the Venetian 〈◊〉 Soliman distastâ—…d of the Venetians by reason of a report that was cuâ—…rant in Constantinople The Venetians sâ—…nd an Ambassage to Soliman Soâ—…iman 〈◊〉 the Venetians The circumcision of Solimans children The incursions of the Knights of Malta against the Turkes Solimans purpose to enrich Constantinople The Venetians pursuites to diuert Solimans deseignes The Uenetians forbid the Knights of Malta to come no more vpon their Gulph The Turkes coâ—…plaints against the Venetians The Almains desire to hauâ—… a General Councell The Pope excuses concerning the conuocation of a councell The Pope hath recourse to the Venetians against the instances of the Germains The Venetians answer to the Pope 〈…〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Castle of Milan and the city of Coma 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 Sforza Iohn Pisani extraordinary Ambassador into France The Venetians 〈◊〉 the nomination of Bishopricks vnder their 〈◊〉 Solimans deseigne against the Christians The Venetians craue the 〈◊〉 leauied vpon the Clergie to helpe them against the Turkes The Venetians preparations to stand vpon their gard The Venetians by chasing away the Pirats make the sâ—…as safe The King of Hungary secketh peace of the Emperor and of Ferdinand The Venetians doe in vaine solicite the Pope for the King of Hungary The Venetians answer to the Popes demand Ferdinands deseignes against the Turkes The Uenetians exhort Ferdinand to peace VVhat moued the Kings of France and England to make warre on the Emperour 1532. The number of the Turkish army Soliman with his army commeth into Hungary The Emperor with a mighty army encampeth before Vienna Solimans retreate The Emperors retreate The Emperors and Solimans nauall Armiâ—… Doria his subtile meaning The Senates answer to the Emperors Ambassador The retreate of the Turkâ—…sh Army Coron and Patras taken by Doria The Duke of Ferrara recouereth Mode na and Regio by the Emperors sentence The Emperor is againe 〈◊〉 rous to talk with the Pope â—…t Bolognia What was the cause of the enteruiew The Emperour returneth into Italy The Venetians are requested to consent to the renuing of the league The Venetians answer concerning the renuing of the league A new league betwixt the Pope Emperor and all the Italian Potentates the Venetians excepted Vmpiers appointed wiâ—…h a third man to end the controuersie betwixt Ferdinand anâ—… the Venetians The assembly is broâ—…n vp without anâ—… conclution The Venetians make preparations for their safety Francesco Dâ—… duo is taken by Pirats Sâ—…dry opini ons in â—…he Senate concerning the reuenge of that wrong Dandulo is banisheâ—… at his returne to Uenice A fight at Sea betwixt the Venetians and Turkes The Venetians victory at Sea against the Moore oâ—… Alexandria who was taken The wisely remedy the error commited by night The Venetian ships are staâ—…ed by the Turkish officâ—…rs Sundry opinions in the Senate concâ—…rning Canalis 〈◊〉 Soliman accepteth oâ—… the Venetians excuses The Senate acknowledge Canaâ—… seruice by recompâ—…nsing his sonnâ—… Cariadiâ—…e Barbarrâ—…ssa his greâ—… experience at sea The Pope acquainteth the Veâ—…etians with all hiâ—… 〈◊〉 The Popes preteâ—… ces to coullor 〈◊〉 ioy concâ—…iued by that mâ—…riage Great troubles in Germany concerning the Duke of VVittemberg 〈◊〉 great preparations for 〈◊〉 Great 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at on time in 〈◊〉 pâ—…aces The Senates holy resolution The Venetiâ—… pre parations for their safe ty The Turkeâ—… recoâ—…r 〈◊〉 Tâ—…e Turkish fleet sâ—…oureth the Sea coast of Calabria Cariadine taketh Thuniâ—… Phâ—…lippo Mazzo a Knight oâ—… Malta looseth â—…is head for â—…is many robberies The death of Pope Clement the seuenth Tâ—…e Crâ—…ation of Pope Paul tâ—…e third The 〈◊〉 sendeth â—…ight 〈◊〉 to the Pope The Emperor seeketh to tâ—…e Venetians The Venetians answer to the Empâ—…ror The Pope takâ—…th Armâ—…s â—…or the Dutchy of 〈◊〉 The Venetians seek to appâ—…ase the strise betwixt the Pope and the duke oâ—… Vâ—…bin The Emperor â—…or the Venetians sake doth maintaine the Duke of Vrâ—…ins cause A new pracâ—…ise beâ—…wixt the Popâ—… and the 〈◊〉 The Emperors preparations for 〈◊〉 Soliman adueâ—…tiseth the Vâ—…netians of what he had done in Persia The Emperâ—…rs great army for his voyage into Affrâ—…ck 〈◊〉 besoâ—…ged Cariadiâ—…e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The taking of Thunis and 〈◊〉 The Emperor returâ—…eth to Naples The death of Francis Sâ—…orza Duke oâ—… Milan Tâ—…e Emperors 〈◊〉 answer to the Venetians conceâ—…ning the Statâ—… of Milâ—…n The Confederacy confirmeâ—… betwixt the Emperor and Venetians The French Kings Ambassade to the Venetians concerning the businesse of Milan The Venetians answere to the Ambassador The Duke of Sauoy denietâ—… the Kings paâ—…sage 〈◊〉 of the Kings discontent with the Duke of Sauoy Thâ—… French take 〈◊〉 â—…ossan and Pigneâ—…oll 〈◊〉 chalengetâ—… the Frencâ—… King to 〈◊〉 fight 〈◊〉 to accoâ—…d tâ—…e Empâ—…ror and tâ—…e Frencâ—… The Emperor 〈◊〉 with bâ—…sarmy into Prouenâ—…e The Kings enteâ—… prose vpon Genoa The Emperor 〈◊〉 to retire forth of Proâ—…ence
The Senateâ—… answer to the Emperor Antonio de 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Prouâ—…nce The Emperor acquainteth the Venetians with that which he had treated with the King The Venetians answer to the Ambassador The â—…ree cheeâ—…e points with the Pope bandled with the Christian Princes The King 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Amâ—… to 〈◊〉 â—…o draâ—… them frâ—… the 〈◊〉 The King sendeth an Ambassador to Venice to vsâ—… meanes to â—…raw them from the Emperor The King purposeth to vse the Turke against the Emperor The mâ—…nnes which the French Ambassadors propounded to Soliman agaiâ—…st the Emperor Aiax Bascha perswadâ—…th Soliman to make warre in Italy Soliman consâ—…eteth to make warre vpon the Emperor Soliman aduerâ—…seth the Venetian of his determination The Venetian answere to Soâ—… liman VVrongs doue the Venetians in Solimans Dominions The 〈◊〉 exâ—…uses Sundâ—…y reports concerning the Turkish aâ—…my The Veretians prâ—… aratâ—…ns to 〈◊〉 vpon theiâ—… guâ—…rd against the Tuâ—…ke The Senates carcâ—…â—…rnish mâ—…anes â—…or â—…e the expencâ—… oâ—… warre Imperials affâ—…aid oâ—… the Turkiâ—…sh 〈◊〉 The King cometh to 〈◊〉 to go into Italy The 〈◊〉 forbid Doria to carry the Galâ—…s oâ—…t oâ—… Gâ—…noa The vnâ—…rtaine coursâ—… of the Turkish flâ—…et doth put the Venetians in 〈◊〉 The Venetians remaine neuters betwixt the Imperialls and the Turkes A second Generall created at Venice Iohn Vituri created sâ—…cond Generall Nomber of the Venetian forces at Sea The French King sendeth Count Guy de Rangon to Venice The effect of the Count Rangon â—…it oraâ—…ion to the Senate Propositions in the Senate â—…or the answering oâ—… the Count Rangon Antonio â—…ornare repugâ—…th the sormer propâ—…sition Rangon it answered according to the opinion of Cornare Three sundry accidents caused war betwixt Soliman and the Uenetians Solimans discontent for the first accident The second accident worse then the first Doria his incursions canseth the Turks to suspect the Uenetians The winde carrieth Pesare with all the Venetian forces neere to thâ—…se of the Turkes The third accident occasioned by the taking of Solimans Gallies The Venetian fleet vpon the coast of Puglia The confusion of the Venetian army when it saw that of the Turkes to be nere them The Venetian â—…leet loâ—…seth foure Gallies taken by the Turkes Soliman resolueth to make war on the Venetians Doria his policy to enforce the Venetians to ioyne with him Canalis commanded by Soliman â—…o send to the Venetian Senace The Senates resolution vpon the Bailies eduertisement The Senates answer to the Baily Soliman resolueth to make war vpon the Venetians The visier Basha his reasons to diuert him from his resolution The Venetians are imprisoned their goods seized vpon ouer all the Turkish Empire Description of the Isle of Corfou The number of souldiers and munition in the Island The Senate determineth to fight with the enemy The forces of the Imperials and the Pope The Venetians remonstrance to the Pope The Popes answer to the Venetian Ambassador A league betwixt the Pope the Emperor and the Uenetiane against the Turke The league is published at Rome and at Venice The Venetians preparations for the army Doria delaies to ioyne with the Venetians Doria his answer and departure towards Genoa How Dorias departure did trouble the Venetians The Venetians constancy The Visier Basha councelleth Soliman to raise his seege Soliman dis lodgeth frâ—… before Corâ—… Soliman de mineth to a saile Naple in Romagn and Maluâ—… The discripâ—… of Naples â—… Romagnia Description of Maluesia Vittore de Garzons gouernâ—…r of Naples The Islands taken from the Venetianâ—… by Barbarossa Scardona tâ—…ken by the Venetians The Turkeâ—… of Obrouazzo reâ—…ire 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 An. 1537 Soliman seemeth to desire peace with 〈◊〉 Venetians The Venetians suspect hiâ—… The Emperâ—… in shâ—…w desireâ—… to make warre on the Turke His officers confirme his desire The great signes why men did suspect the Emperor The French Kings designes and end The Pope sendeth to the Emperor and the French King to make them friends Sundry opinions of the Senate The reasons of those who desired peace with Soliman The resons of those that were desirous to ioyne with the league and to make war vpon the Turkes VVhat the Senate propounded to write to the Baily The propositioâ—… taketh none effect The Emperors Ambassador vseth meanes to breake the Venetians neutrality The Sâ—…ts answer to the Emperor The Venetians dilligence to fortifie the Ilands against the Turkes The Isle of Candiâ—…s offers to the 〈◊〉 The Venetians are vncertaine what way the Turkes would take Andrew Doria chosâ—… General of the Armyâ—… 〈◊〉 the League The Expence dâ—…uided betwixt those of the League The Venetians acquainted with Solimans preparations for warre are exhorted to peace The Senate determines warre against Soliman Andre Doria Generall by sea and the Duke of Vrbin by land The Venetians seekeâ—… to draw the King of England to the league The French Kâ—…ng 〈◊〉 to enter 〈◊〉 the League The Senate vseth meanes to get money to dâ—…fray the expences of the wâ—…res A treaty of peace betwixt the Emperor and the French King is broken off The Emperor declareth that he could not take armes for the 〈◊〉 The Pope resol â—…th to goe to Nice to atoâ—… the Emperor the French King VVhat moâ—…ued these Princes to grant the enteruiew at Nice Octauio Farneze marrieth the Emperors bastard daughter Ambassadors chosen at Venice to be present at the Assembly of Nice The Pope denied entrance intâ—… Nice These two Princes refuse to set one another at Nice in tâ—…e Popes presence Enterview of Emperor and king at Aigues Mortes VVar renewed betwixt the Emperor and the King The Turkish feasts of Baieran Barbarossa spoiled the Islands of the Archipelago A worthy recompence Moro his oration to the gentlemen of Candy The Prouid ators speech is applanded by all men The Candio 〈◊〉 preparations for their defencâ—… Barbrrossa commeth into Candy Barbarossa biâ—… etrcâ—…t from Candy The Sangiach of Morea sum moneth Naples and Maluesia to yeeld Resolution of those Inhabitancs The Turkes wast Dalmatâ—… The Venetianâ—… aid sent into Dalmatia The resolution of the Turkes in Dalmatia Nadin yeeldeth to the Turkes The Turkes take the castle of Laurana Succors sent to Antiuare The Sibenssans braue resolution The Turkes leaue Dalmatia and goe into Hungary The Proposition of the captains in Dalmatia The Senate the Duke of Vrbin allow this proposition The Venetians take Obronazza The Turkes arriued causeth the Uenetians to quit Obrouazzâ—… there other enterprizes The difficulties alleadâ—…ed by the Duke of Vrbin The Senate resolueth to send home the Lâ—…squenets to passe on no farther The Venetians â—…aual army and that of the Pope ioyneth â—…ogather Mâ—…n did doubt the Emperors promisâ—…s The Emperorâ—… desciâ—…ne Don Ferraâ—… de Gonzaga commeth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The Patriarke Grimani his enterprize vpon the castle of Prâ—…ueze The Patriarke saileth of his enterprize Doria commâ—… to Corsoù The army of the â—…eague resolueth to goe to Preueze The order of the league army The Turkes do wonder at the Christians boldnesse Sundry opinions of
the Turkish army Barbarossa his considerations vpon those sundry opâ—…nions The number of Barbarossas slect Barbarossa sendeth sorth fifty Gallies to discouer the Christian army The Turkish Gallics are in a manner put toâ—…out by the army of the league Doria in sauor to the enemies causeth his army to retire The Turkes come forth of the Gulphe doe put them selues in battaile Doria his remonstrance 〈◊〉 the whole army Capello his answere The resolution to giue baitaile reioyceth the â—…hole army The Turkes purpose broken by Doria â—…arbarossa repentcth his comming sorth of the Guâ—…phe of Preueze The order of Barbarossa his Army The enemies got into a placâ—… of safety thorow the fault of those of the league VVhat Doriâ—… purpose waâ—… Capels speech to Doria to prouoke him to the battaile The whole army crieth out for battaile A beginning of the battaile a sarre off Doria his retreat encourageth the Turkes The Army of the league returneth to Corsou The Turkish Army retireth into the Oulph of Larâ—…a All men cry out vpon Doria 〈◊〉 soâ—…row for his fault Sundry opinions in the confederates councell The Confederates Army commeth â—…o besiege castelnouo The Spaniards insolency The most part of Barbarossas flâ—…et is cast away by tempest Doria his excuses because be would not fight with Barbarossa Doâ—…ia with his galleys retireth â—…nto Sicyll The death of the Tâ—…uke of Vrbiâ—… The Emperors excuses for not performing his promise The Emperors 〈◊〉 ayme The Senate resolueth to be at peace with the Turke Grâ—…tti goeth to Constantinople to treat of an agreement The Emperors Ambassador doth in the Senate complaine against this agreement The Senates answer to the Ambassador An. 1538. The Senate prepareth for the conseruation of their sea townes Agreement betwixt the Pope and the duke of Vrbin The Turkes great preparations for the recouery of Castel-nouo Draguts policy to encompasse the Venetian Galleys The Basche complaineth to Gritti against the 〈◊〉 Truce for three 〈◊〉 betwixt the Turkes and Venetians Petro Zene 〈◊〉 chosen Ambas sador to goe to Soliman The French Ambassadors deseigne Truce is prolonged wiâ—…h the Venetâ—…ans The Spaniards not being abâ—…e to keepe Castel-nouo offer it to the Venetians Castel-nouo it taken by Barbarossa Barbarossa suâ—…moneth the Gouernor of Cataâ—…ra to deliuer the towne vnto him The Gouernors answer to Barbarossa Barbarossa doth in vaine giue assaults â—…o Catarra Doria his proposition to the Prouidator Contarâ—…n The Prouidators answer to Doria The Bashaâ—… demands to Contaren The Ambassadors answer to the Bashas The Senates doubt vpon those newes The French Kings loue towards the Venetians The Emperour desiâ—…eth passage through France to goe into Flanderâ—… Sundry opinions in the Senate Dearth of victuals in Vâ—…nice Cantelmo departeth from Venice without any commission The Emperour and French King send to the Venetians to diuert them from peace with the Turkes The Marquis of Guasto his speech to the Senate The Senates answere to the 〈◊〉 These cause of the Popes doubt and discontent The Pope sendeth the Cardinal Farnese Legatinto France An Hungarian Ambassador coÌ„meth to Venice Lodouico Bâ—…doario is chosen Ambassador to goe to Soliman VVhat the Senate did enioyne the Ambassador The Emperor commeth to Paris 1540. The answers of the Emperor the French King to the Venetian Ambassador The Senate resolueth on peace with Soliman Badoâ—…rio is greatly 〈◊〉 Peace conclu ded with the Turkes according to their owne mindes The Trâ—…itors which bewâ—…ayed 〈◊〉 commission to the Turkes are discâ—…nered Force is offered to the lodging of the French Ambassador The traitors are punished The French king complaâ—…neth to the French Ambassador The Ambassadors braue answer The sorrow greefe of those of Naples and Maluesia when they vnderstood the conditions of the peace The 〈◊〉 Moceniga his oration to the people of Naples Naples and Miluesia are consigned to the Turke The great hope of a long peace The cause of the warre of Hungary Soliman incensed agoinst Fer dinand determineth to make warre in Austria The Emperors resoâ—…ution contraâ—…y to his promise The King resoluâ—…th to vse the 〈◊〉 aidâ—… against the Emperor Rincon and Fregosa being seâ—…t Ambassadors to Soliman are marthered The kings complainâ—…s against the Emperor The reasons that moâ—…ued the Venâ—…ians to keep themselues 〈◊〉 The Senate refuseth to haue their Councell heldaâ—… Vincen za Peace confirmed betwixt the Turkes the Venetians The Venetians are greeued for that there is not a Duke of Milan The Venetians are solicited to leaue their neutrality The Senats refusâ—…th to make any new alliance The French King is incensed against the Emperor Polin soliciteth the Venetians to make a league with the French King The Senates answere to 〈◊〉 The French king at one time raiseth three armies against 〈◊〉 Emperor The King is 〈◊〉 with the Venetian Polin iis practâ—…ses against the Venetians Miranis taken â—…rom Ferdinand The Venetians doubts vpon the taking of Maran The Senats answere to the French Ambassador The Senats answer to Ferdinad The Vâ—…netians raise the sort of Maran The controuersie beâ—…wixt the Venetians and Ferdinand is put to compromise An. 1543. Great preparations for war on all sides The Emperor allieth himself wiâ—…h Henry King of England The Pope goeth about to make alliance with the Venetians The Senaâ—…es aâ—…swer to the Pope The Venetians doe arme for their owne safety and defense The Turkes take Regio in Calabria Barbarossa his fleet at Marsâ—…illes Barbarossa taketh the city of Nice and then râ—…turneth to Marseilleâ—… The Emperor returneth into Italy The Popes desâ—…ignes to confer with the Emperor The Emperor resuseth to conser with the Pope The Pope and Emperors enteruiew at Bussâ—…tisto no purpose The Turke maketh warre in Hungary A Turkish Ambassador commeth to Venice Sharp war about Maran A motion made to the Senate for the hauing of Maâ—…an Agreement betwixt Strossi and the 〈◊〉 concerning Maran The Venetianâ—… excuses to the Emperor and Ferdinand concerning Maran An. 1544. The Emperorâ—… and French Kingspractizes to draw â—…he Venetians to their party The Cardinall of Ferra a exharieth the Vâ—…netian In the French Kings behalfe The Senates answer to the Cardinal Anew practize to draw the Venetians to the league with the King Two Legats sent to those Princes to procure peace The English do beseege 〈◊〉 A Spanish Frier beginneth the treaty of peace betwixt those Princes The Capitulations of the peace Both sides complaine of the Pope Diuers opinions concerning this peace Barbarossa his cruell spoiles as he returned home The Emperor and Ferdinand doe send Ambassadors to treat of agreement with the Turkes An. 1545. These Princes Ambassadours come to Constantinople Commissioners decide the controuersie betwixt Ferdinand and the Venetians Solimen is 〈◊〉 informed of the Venetians VVhat did mooue the Emperor to solicit truce with Soliman Truce for one yeere betwixt the Emperor his brother Soliman Contention betwixt the Venetians and the Turke A tyrannicall law of the Turkes An. 1546. The Pope giueth Parma and Placentia in
aduise and councell of the most Christian King and his proper inclination to peace and to the common good of all Christendome and to giue vnto him all power and liberty to promise in the common-wealths name whatsoeuer should be concluded and determined in the particular conuentions they did moreouer entreat the Pope to take vpon him the burthen of that businesse to bring it to such a good end as all men hoped for by his authority and wisdome promising that if hee should procure an vniuersal peace in respect of the strife betwixt the Sea Apostolick and the Signory concerning the Citties of Rauenna and Ceruia they would then shew their good meaning therin But on the other side there were diuers presumptions why they wereto doubt of his intention and whether he would sincerely acquit himselfe of that charge For it was very welknowne that the French King did suspect him and that he gaue no credit to his wordes nor did repose to much trust in him holding whatsoeuer he propounded for doubtfull and incertaine and therefore did secretly exhort the Venetians to renew their forces both by sea and land declaring how that he was in no sort troubled for the vnfortunate successe before Naples as proceeding from a certaine maleuolent fortune and not from the want of courage of his soldiers and therefore that he was more ready and desirous then euer to renew the warre in Italy The Emperor on the other side albeit that he did promise to come into Italy to take the Imperiall Crowne and to establish peace there yet neuerthelesse the great preparations of warre that hee made was the cause why men thought that hee had an other deseigne in his minde cleane contrary to his speeches together with his great desire to appropriate to himselfe the State of Milan The Pope likewise had a great desire to recouer not onely the territories of Romagnia but Modena and Regio and likewise to haue satisfaction for the wrongs and greeuances which hee had receiued of the Florentines with a will to restore his Nephewes of the house of Medicis into Florence to their antient greatnesse and dignity the which was very hard to bee accomplished without comming to strokes The Venetians in like manner albeit that for many yeares they had beene intangled in warre hauing spent therein more then fiue Millions of gold and that therefore it behooued them to desire peace to giue some rest and relaxation of their fore-passed troubles as well to themselues as to their subiects did neuerthelesse with great resolution constantly persist in the protection and defence of the Duke of Milan meaning not to suffer in any sort that his State should fall into the Emperors hands but as concerning the restitution of the Citties of Puglia and Romagnia they were ready to hearken vnto it prouided that an vniuersall peace for the generall good and quiet of all Italy might bee well established Such at the same time were the deseignes and propositions of the confederate Princes and such likewise were all mens discourses concerning eyther warre or peace The report in the meane time of the Emperors comming into Italy did dayly increase and for that end sundry great preparations were made at Barcelona and the Archduke Ferdinand beeing come to Ispruch gathered together certaine summes of money to pay the footmen which hee leuyed to send them into Italy to his brothers ayde giuing out that it was to assaile the Venetians State André Doria neuerthelesse at the same time and some other of the Imperialls propounded to the Senate sundry meanes of agreement saying That the Emperor did beare a great and singular affection towards their Republick offering themselues freely if so it pleased the Republike to mediate a peace betwixt them The Venetians behaued themselues modestly in these offers and treaties fearing that it was some cunning to separate them by these iealousies from the friendship and allyance of the French their ancient allyes and confederates So as for all that they did not discontinue their preparations for warre the Senate meaning to depend on none but it selfe and that whensoeuer a treaty of peace should bee it should bee made by them beeing armed with the honor of the Commonwealth By this time the terme of the Duke of Vrbins seruice was expired They confirmed hm againe for three yeares more in the same office of Generall of their Army and augmented his pay with tenne thousand Ducats euery yeare and his company of men at armes to the number of two hundred and besides they gaue to Guy Vbaldo his sonne a company of fifty men at armes in their Army and a yeerely pension of a thousand Ducats They afterwards made Ianâ—… Fregosa Generall Superintendent of the affaires of warre with good entertainment for the acknowledgement of his valour and sidelitie and for that they would euer haue in their army some one of authority and command whom they might trust in the Duke of Vrbins absence as hee then was wherevpon they sent for him beeing then at Bressia commanding him to come with speed to the Armie to execute his charge Diuerse others were in like manner honoured with sundry grades of honour in their Armie The Count Gajazzo was made Generall of the light-horse and Antonio de Castello Captaine of the Artillery They did afterwards send to the Campe to the Prouidator Nani a great summe of money for the leuie of a number of new footmen to make the companies compleat And to shew that they had likewise a care of their Sea-affaires they made Ieronimo Pesare Generall of their Nauall army and Alessandro Pesare and Vincenzo Iustiniano Prouidators commanding them to be in readinesse to depart they did chose moreouer tenne captaines for the Gallies who should cause those tenne to bee armed which at the beginning of winter had beene disarmed to the end that the Signory might haue aboue fifty gallies ready to set saile and alâ—…hough that by the Confederacy they were bound to surnish but sixteene gallies they neuerthelesse promised to adde foure more to make vp the number of twenty for the leagues seruice of which Ieronimo Contaren was made Generall Now the Duke of Milan and the Lord Saint Paul beeing solicited by them to augment the number of their infantery as they were bound to doe and they excusing themselues for want of money the Senate resolued to lend the French twelue thousand Ducats and eight thousand to the Duke of Milan But aboue all things they entreated the French King not to abandon the Consederates at such a time in regard of the great affection which they had euer borne to him and for their constancy in pursuing the warre Without this supply the Lord Saint Paul would haue beene brought to an extreame want of men money and all other things necessarie for the maintenance of the warre in Italy for there was not any preparation at all seene to bee made beyond the mounts for the execution of